Robert Bosch LCN20A Radio Navigation System with Bluetooth User Manual 1093929 2013 asd own

Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH Radio Navigation System with Bluetooth 1093929 2013 asd own

08 user guide

JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 1 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide” explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or have anyquestions, they will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to them.In addition to factory installed options, your ve-hicle may also be equipped with additional ac-cessories installed by NISSAN or by yourNISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is importantthat you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions concerningproper use of such accessories prior to operatingthe vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSANdealer for details concerning the particular ac-cessories with which your vehicle is equipped.Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenance require-ments, assisting you in the safe operation of yourvehicle.WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-MINDERS FOR SAFETY!Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!●NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.●ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.●ALWAYS give your full attention to drivingand avoid using vehicle features or takingother actions that could distract you.●ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.●ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.●ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELYZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 2 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety or durability, andmay even violate governmentalregulations. In addition, damage or per-formance problems resulting from modi-fications may not be covered underNISSAN warranties.This manual includes information for all optionsavailable on this model. Therefore, you may findsome information that does not apply to yourvehicle.All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design without notice and with-out obligation.IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your ve-hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-cedures must be followed carefully.If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”or “Do not let this happen.”If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-tion, it means the arrow points to the front of thevehicle.Arrows in an illustration that are similar to theseindicate movement or action.Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.APD1005WHEN READING THE MANUALZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 3 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNINGWARNINGEngine exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components containor emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of component wearcontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium batter-ies, may contain perchlorate material. Thefollowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial – special handling may apply, Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.BLUETOOTHtis atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed toVisteon and Clarion.SiriusXM SatelliteRadio requires sub-scription, sold sepa-rately. Not availablein Alaska, Hawaii orGuam. For moreinformation, visitwww.siriusxm.com.© 2012 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted in any form, or by anymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,recording or otherwise, without the prior writtenpermission of Nissan North America, Inc.ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 4 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that your NISSANdealer cannot assist you with or you would like toprovide NISSAN directly with comments orquestions, please contact the NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs Department using our toll-freenumber:For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for thefollowing information:– Your name, address, and telephone number– Vehicle identification number (attached to thetop of the instrument panel on the driver’sside)– Date of purchase– Current odometer reading– Your NISSAN dealer’s name– Your comments or questionsORYou can write to NISSAN with the information at:For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:For U.S. customersnnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.comFor Canadian customersinformation.centre@nissancanada.comWe appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 5 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Table ofContentsIllustrated table of contentsSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemInstruments and controlsPre-driving checks and adjustmentsMonitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsStarting and drivingIn case of emergencyAppearance and careMaintenance and do-it-yourselfTechnical and consumer informationIndex012345678910
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 6 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 7 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20120 Illustrated table of contentsAir bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exteriorfront......................................0-3Exteriorrear.......................................0-4Passengercompartment ...........................0-5Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-10ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 8 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Top tether strap anchor (P. 1-23)2. Rear seat belts (P. 1-10)3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag (P. 1-37)4. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag (P. 1-37)5. Head restraints (P. 1-7)6. Front seat belts (P. 1-10)7. Side-impact pressure sensor (driver’sside shown; passenger’s side similar)(P. 1-52)8. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P. 1-37)9. Seats (P. 1-2)10. Occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) (P. 1-45)11. Pretensioners (P. 1-45)12. Seat belt with pretensioner (P. 1-51)13. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system (P. 1-21)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LII2041AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS0-2 Illustrated table of contentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX11121112Per engineering comment, pretensioners are not in the buckle
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 9 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Power windows (P. 2-42)2. Windshield (P. 8-21)3. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P. 2-28)4. Engine hood (P. 3-27)5. Tie down (P. 6-12)6. Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-29)7. Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-30)8. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28)9. Tire pressure (P. 8-35)10. Flat tire (P. 6-2)11. Tire chains (P. 8-43)12. Mirrors (P. 3-33)13. Door locks, NISSAN Intelligent Key ™,keys (P. 3-4, 3-6, 3-2)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LII2038EXTERIOR FRONTIllustrated table of contents 0-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 10 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-29)2. Interior trunk lid release (P. 3-29)3. Trunk lid (P. 3-27)4. Opener operation (P. 3-28)5. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28)6. Fuel-filler cap, fuel recommendation(P. 3-30, P. 9-3)7. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-30)8. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-6)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LII2039EXTERIOR REAR0-4 Illustrated table of contentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 11 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Interior trunk access (P. 1-6)2. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-45)3. Sun visors (P. 3-32)4. Interior lights, illuminated entry (P. 2-47)5. HomeLinkTuniversal transceiver(if so equipped) (P. 2-49)6. Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) (P. 3-33)7. Glove box (P. 2-41)8. Cup holders (P. 2-40 )9. Console box (P. 2-41)10. Front seat (P. 1-2)11. Rear seat (P. 1-6)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LII2040PASSENGER COMPARTMENTIllustrated table of contents 0-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 12 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Instrument brightness control/Tripcomputer reset switch (P. 2-34, P. 2-4)2. Vents (P. 4-18)3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turnsignal switch (P. 2-30)4. Driver supplemental air bag/horn(P. 1-37, P. 2-35)5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)6. Paddle shift controls (if so equipped)(P. 5-15)7. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P. 2-28)8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 2-35)9. Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-45)10. Audio system controls/Navigationsystem* (P. 4-30)11. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P. 1-37)12. Glove box (P. 2-41)13. Aux jack (P. 4-41, 4-47, 4-54)14. Power outlet/USB port (P.2-38, 4-54,4-56)15. Heater and air conditioner (manual orautomatic) (P. 4-19, P. 4-27)16. Shift selector (P. 5-13)17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-8)18. Cruise control main/set switch/BluetoothTHands-free Phone System(P.5-19 / P. 4-96, P. 4-70, P. 4-85 )19. Tilt/telescopic steering wheel controls(P. 3-32)20. Steering wheel switch for audio control/Vehicle information display controls( P. 4-68, P. 2-17)21. Fuel filler door release/Hood release)(P. 3-30, P. 3-27)LIC2369INSTRUMENT PANEL0-6 Illustrated table of contentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 13 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201222. Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch(P. 2-37)Trunk opener (P. 3-27)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-37)* Refer to the Navigation System Owner’s manual(if so equipped)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.Illustrated table of contents 0-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 14 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012QR25DE engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-14)2. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8)3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-10)4. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-15)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-20)6. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-23)7. Battery (P. 8-16)8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-10)9. Radiator cap (P. 8-8)10. Drive belt location (P. 8-19)11. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir1 (P.8-15)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LDI2111ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS0-8 Illustrated table of contentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 15 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012VQ35DE engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-14)2. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-8)3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-10)4. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-15)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-20)6. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-23)7. Battery (P. 8-16)8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-10)9. Radiator cap (P. 8-8)10. Drive belt location (P. 8-19)11. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir(P. 8-15)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.LDI2112Illustrated table of contents 0-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 16 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WarninglightName PageAnti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warn-ing light2-10orBrake warning light 2-11Charge warninglight2-11Low tire pressurewarning light2-11Master warning light 2-13Power steeringwarning light2-13Seat belt warninglight and chime2-13WarninglightName PageSupplemental airbag warning light2-13IndicatorlightName PageFog light indicatorlight (if so equipped)2-14Front passenger airbag status light2-14High beam indicatorlight (blue)2-14Malfunction Indica-tor Light (MIL)2-14Overdrive off indica-tor light (if soequipped)2-15Security indicatorlight2-15IndicatorlightName PageSide light and head-light indicator light(green)2-15Slip indicator light 2-15Turn signal/hazardindicator lights2-16Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) offindicator light2-16WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS0-10 Illustrated table of contentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 17 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSeats............................................1-2Front manual seat adjustment —(forpassenger’sseat)...........................1-2Front power seat adjustment(fordriver’sseat) ...............................1-4Foldingrearseat ...............................1-6Headrestraints.................................1-7Seatbelts .......................................1-10Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Pregnantwomen..............................1-13Injuredpersons................................1-13Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seatbeltextenders............................1-16Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Childsafety......................................1-17Infants........................................1-18Smallchildren.................................1-18Largerchildren................................1-18Childrestraints...................................1-19Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren)System .............................1-21Rear-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH.......................................1-23Rear-facing child restraint installation usingtheseatbelts .................................1-25Forward-facing child restraint installationusingLATCH..................................1-28Forward-facing child restraint installationusingtheseatbelts............................1-30Installing top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-33Boosterseats.................................1-33Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-37Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem.......................................1-37Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental air bagsystems......................................1-50Seat belts with pretensioners (Front seats) . . . . . . . 1-51Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-52Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-52ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 18 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.●For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat properly. See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” later in thissection.●After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.●Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.●The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt andbeing injured is increased.CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT — (for passenger’sseat)ARS1152SEATS1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 19 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold it while youslide the seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the bar to lock the seat inposition.RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanback. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverup and lean your body forward. Release the leverto lock the seatback in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. See “Precautions on seat belt usage”laterin this section. Also, the seatback can be reclinedto allow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P (Park)position.LRS2160 LRS2161Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 20 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT(for driver’s seat)Operating tipsWARNINGBefore driving the vehicle, return the seat-back to an upright seating position aftermanually releasing it. Also, make sure theseat is locked in place. Failure to do somay cause the seat to move in a collisionor sudden stop. This may result in damageto the seat or personal injury.●The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.●Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.Forward and backwardMoving the switch forward or backward will slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition.RecliningMove the recline switch backward until the de-sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch forward andmove your body forward. The seatback will moveforward.The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit, see “Precautions on seat belt usage” laterin this section. Also, the seatback can be reclinedto allow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P (Park)position.WRS07511-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 21 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’sseat)Type A: Pull up or push down the adjusting leverto adjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.Type B: Push the switch up or down to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver. Push the switch forward orbackward to adjust the seat lumbar area.Type AWRS0740Type BLRS2162 WRS0743Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 22 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012FOLDING REAR SEATInterior trunk accessThe trunk can be accessed from the passengerside of the rear seat for loading and unloading, asshown.1. Move the front passenger seat to the mostforward position.2. Open the access cover on the rear parcelshelf.3. Push down on the button s1on the rearparcel shelf.4. Fold down the passenger’s side seatbacks2.WARNING●Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.●Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.●When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.●Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.WRS01661-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 23 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To fold down the driver’s side of the rear seat,open the trunk and pull on the strap s1.The rear seats can be locked using the mechani-cal key to prevent unauthorized access. For moreinformation on keys, refer to “Keys” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of thismanual.Center armrestPull the armrest down until it rests on the seatcushion.HEAD RESTRAINTSWARNINGHead restraints supplement the other ve-hicle safety systems. They may provideadditional protection against injury in cer-tain rear end collisions. Adjust the headrestraints properly, as specified in thissection. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do not attachanything to the head restraint stalks orremove the head restraint. Do not use theseat if the head restraint has been re-moved. If the head restraint was removed,reinstall and properly adjust the head re-straint before an occupant uses the seat-ing position. Failure to follow these in-structions can reduce the effectiveness ofthe head restraints. This may increase therisk of serious injury or death in acollision.LRS2168 WRS0167Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 24 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints.Cloth seat: The front seat head restraints areadjustable and removable. The rear head re-straints do not adjust or remove.Leather seat: The front and rear outboard headrestraints are adjustable and removable. The cen-ter headrest is not removable and does not ad-just.mIndicates the seating position is equipped witha head restraint.+ Indicates the seating position is not equippedwith a head restraint or adjustable headrest.Components1. Head restraint2. Adjustment notches3. Lock knob4. StalksAdjustmentAdjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of the seat occupant’s ears.LRS2164 LRS0887 WRS01341-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 25 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down. RemovalUse the following procedure to remove the ad-justable head restraints.1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.2. Push and hold the lock knob.3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.4. Store the head restraint properly so it is notloose in the vehicle.5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head re-straint before an occupant uses the seatingposition.LRS0888 LRS0889 LRS0890Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 26 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Install1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holesin the seat. Make sure the head restraint isfacing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches s1must be installedin the hole with the lock knob s2.2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat with both feet on the floor, your chancesof being injured or killed in an accident and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts be wornat all times when a vehicle is being driven.LRS0891 SSS0136SEAT BELTS1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 27 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.WARNING●The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn properly.SSS0134 SSS0016Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 28 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off your shoulder.●Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.●Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.●Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.●Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.●Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.●If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.●No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious per-sonal injury.●Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti-vated, it cannot be reused and must bereplaced together with the retractor.See your NISSAN dealer.●Removal and installation of preten-sioner system components should bedone by a NISSAN dealer.●All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any collisionby a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies inuse during a collision be replaced un-less the collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and continue tooperate properly. Seat belt assembliesnot in use during a collision should alsobe inspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation is noted.●All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any col-lision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations.The child restraints should be replacedif they are damaged.SSS00141-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 29 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug andalways position the lap belt as low as possiblearound the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulderbelt over your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ab-dominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTORWARNING●Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.●Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.●For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.●Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously injuredor killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even ifthe vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. If the seat beltcannot be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cutting theseat belt with a suitable tool (such as aknife or scissors) to release the seatbelt.Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 30 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in thissection.s2Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.●The retractor is designed to lock dur-ing a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits the seatbelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.●If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of the re-tractor.Front seat shownWRS0751 LRS05941-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 31 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s3Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.s4Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions’ three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:●Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)●Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract to allowthe driver and passengers some freedom ofmovement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly or duringcertain impacts.The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for childrestraint installation.When the ALR mode is activated, the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. See “Child re-straints” later in this section for more information.The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt ten-sion.WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely se-cured in the latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passengers maybe injured in an accident or sudden stop.Unfastening the seat beltss1To unfasten the seat belt, press the button onthe buckle. The seat belt automatically re-tracts.Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltmovement by two separate methods:●When the seat belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.●When the vehicle slows down rapidly.LRS0595 WRS0139Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 32 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:●Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about seat belt opera-tion, see a NISSAN dealer.Shoulder belt height adjustment (Frontseats)The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position best for you. See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section. Toadjust, pull out the adjustment button s1andmove the shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition s2, so the belt passes over the center ofthe shoulder. The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul-der belt anchor into position.WARNING●After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.●The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available that can bepurchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur-chasing an extender if an extender is required.LRS02421-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 33 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, shouldbe used with NISSAN seat belts.●Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.●Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or a sud-den stop.SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE●To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.●If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.●Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.WARNINGDo not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Retrac-tor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat beltbecomes wrapped around a child’s neckwith the ALR mode activated, the child canbe seriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. This canoccur even if the vehicle is parked. Un-buckle the seat belt to release the child. Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the child bycutting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.CHILD SAFETYSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 34 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:●Rear-facing child restraint●Forward-facing child restraint●Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facingchild restraints. Forward-facing child restraintsare available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.WARNINGInfants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit-ting seat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri-tories require the use of approved child restraintsfor infants and small children. See “Child re-straints” later in this section.A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle byusing either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Teth-ers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seatbelt. See “Child restraints” later in this section formore information.NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”later in this section.INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to the heightor weight limit of the child restraint. Children whooutgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manufactur-er’s instructions for minimum and maximumweight and height recommendations. NISSANrecommends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness until they reach the maxi-mum height or weight limit allowed by the childrestraint manufacturer.Once a child outgrows the height or weight limitof the harness-equipped forward-facing child re-straint, NISSAN recommends that the child beplaced in a commercially available booster seat toobtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 35 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012properly, the booster seat should raise the childso that the shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off the shoul-der. The lap belt should lie snugly across thelower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. Abooster seat can only be used in seating posi-tions that have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat and havea label certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or nearthe face and neck and the lap belt can be posi-tioned properly across the lower hips or upperthighs use the seat belt without the booster seat.WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoarea. The child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collision.PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS WARNING●Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:– The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.ARS1098 WRS0256CHILD RESTRAINTSSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 36 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012– Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even the stron-gest adult cannot resist the forces ofa collision.– Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“Forward-facing child restraint in-stallation using the seat belts” laterin this section.– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag could seri-ously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only beused in the rear seat.– Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.– Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand loads from childrestraints that are properly fitted.– Never use the anchor points for adultseat belts or harnesses.– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while in the vehicle.●When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, loose objects can injure occu-pants or damage the vehicle.CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating sur-face and buckles before placing a child inthe child restraint.This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-tem. Some child restraints include rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these anchors. For details, see “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-tem” later in this section.If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and children of various sizes. When se-lecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:●Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.●Check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.●If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 37 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designated an-chor point on the vehicle.LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH (Lower Anchorsand Tethers for CHildren) system compatiblechild restraints. This system may also be referredto as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system.With this system, you do not have to use a vehicleseat belt to secure the child restraint.The LATCH anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seating posi-tions only. Do not attempt to install a child re-straint in the center position using the LATCHanchors.LATCH lower anchorWARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation ofchild restraints could result in serious in-jury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.– Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH lower anchors. The childrestraint will not be secured properly.– Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors suchas seat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the lower an-chors are obstructed.LATCH system anchor locationsLRS2165Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 38 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012LATCH lower anchor point locationsThe LATCH anchors are located at the rear of theseat cushion near the seatback. A label is at-tached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check your child re-straint for a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in the in-structions provided by the child restraint manu-facturer.When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.LATCH lower anchor locationWRS0796LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS06621-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 39 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Top tether anchor point locationsThe child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchor attachments or seat belts. See “In-stalling top tether strap” later in this section.If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.Anchor points s1are located on the rear parcelshelf.REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “ChildSafety” and “Child Restraint” sections before in-stalling a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.WRS0797Rear-facing web-mounted – step 2WRS0801Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 40 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch (25mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint or try installing byusing the vehicle seat belt (if applicable).Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2WRS0802Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673Rear-facing – step 4LRS06741-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 41 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20125. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 2through 4.REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTSWARNINGThe three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the opera-tion of the front passenger air bag. See“Front passenger air bag and status light”later in this section.WRS0256Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 42 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections before in-stalling a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256Rear-facing – step 2WRS0761Rear-facing – step 3LRS06691-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 43 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.Rear-facing – step 4LRS0670Rear-facing – step 5WRS0762Rear-facing – step 6WRS0763Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 44 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20127. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “ChildSafety” and “Child Restraint” sections before in-stalling a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. See “Installing top tether strap” in thissection. Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap in seat-ing positions that do not have a top tetheranchor.Forward-facing web-mounted – step 2WRS0799Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2WRS08001-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 45 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit.If the head restraint is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “Head restraints” in thissection for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch (25mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 46 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20127. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 2through 6.FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTSWARNINGThe three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the opera-tion of the front passenger air bag. See“Front passenger air bag and status light”later in this section.Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “ChildSafety” and “Child Restraint” sections before in-stalling a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, there-fore, must not be used in the front seat.2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit.If the head restraint is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “Head restraints” in thissection for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1WRS06991-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 47 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). See “In-stalling top tether strap” in this section. Donot install child restraints that require the useof a top tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.Forward-facing – step 3WRS0680Forward-facing – step 4LRS0667Forward-facing – step 5LRS0668Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 48 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20126. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.Forward-facing – step 6WRS0681Forward-facing – step 8WRS06981-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 49 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201210. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re-straint mode) is canceled.INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAPFirst, secure the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchors (rear outboard seat positions only)or the seat belt, as applicable.1. Flip up the anchor cover s1from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild seat.2. Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe head restraint s2.3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint on the rear parcel shelf s3.4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint in-stallation procedure steps in this sectionbefore tightening the tether strap.If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.BOOSTER SEATSPrecautions on booster seatsWARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injuredin a sudden stop or collision greatlyincreases:– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has alap/shoulder belt.Forward-facing – step 10WRS0475 LRS0798Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 50 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:●Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.●Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS04641-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 51 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat s1is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat s2should be used.●If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place the child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible with thechild. Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.Booster seat installationCAUTIONDo not use the lap/shoulder belt in theAutomatic Locking Retractor mode whenusing a booster seat with the seat belts.Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “ChildSafety”, “Child Restraint” and “Booster Seats”sections before installing a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions.WRS0699Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 52 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. Ifthe head restraint is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the booster seat isremoved. See “Head restraints”in this sec-tion for head restraint adjustment, removaland installation information.If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is interferingwith the proper booster seat fit, try anotherseating position or a different booster seat.4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions for adjusting the seat belt routing.5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Three-point type seat belt withretractor” earlier in this section.7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminate,depending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat being used. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” later inthis section.Front passenger positionLRS0454 WRS04751-36 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 53 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-tion contains important information concerningthe following systems:●Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)●Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag●Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag●Seat belt with pretensionerSupplemental front- impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can helpcushion the impact force to the head and chest ofthe driver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions.Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side-impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in front and rear outboard seating positionsin certain side-impact or rollover collisions. In aside impact, the curtain air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.In a rollover, both curtain air bags are designed toinflate and remain inflated for a short time.These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection pro-vided by the driver and front passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel and door finish-ers. See “Seat belts” earlier in this section forinstructions and precautions on seat belt usage.The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEMSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 54 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity fron-tal collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds of accidents.●The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.●The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The frontair bags inflate with great force. Evenwith the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, if you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from thefront air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away as practi-cal from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always use the seat belts.●The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheAdvanced Air Bag System monitors theseverity of a collision and seat belt us-age then inflates the air bags asneeded. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.●The front passenger seat is equippedwith an Occupant Classification Sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.See “Front passenger air bag and sta-tus light” later in this section.●Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when the frontair bag inflates.WRS00311-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 55 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.ARS1133 ARS1041Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 56 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS10441-40 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 57 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.●Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An in-flating front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. See “Child re-straints” earlier in this section fordetails.WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact supplemental air bags:●The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event ofa frontal impact, rear impact, rollover orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 58 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat with both feet on the floor. Theside air bag and curtain air bag inflatewith great force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations. WARNING●When sitting in the 2nd row rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, you maybe seriously injured. Be especially care-ful with children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.●Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bag inflation.SSS0162 WRS00321-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 59 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012SSS0159 SSS0162Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 60 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Top tether strap anchor2. Rear seat belts3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag4. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag5. Head restraints6. Front seat belts7. Side-impact pressure sensor (driver’sside shown; passenger’s side similar)8. Supplemental front-impact air bags9. Seats10. Occupant classification sensor(weight sensor)11. Buckle pretensioner12. Seat belt with pretensioner13. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) systemLII20411-44 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXPer engineering comment, pretensioners are not in the buckle11121112
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 61 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s advanced air bag system, please ob-serve the following items.●Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.●Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lb (4 kg) on the seatback, head re-straint or in the seatback pocket.●Do not store luggage behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.●Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag status lightmay illuminate and the supplementalair bag warning light may flash.●If a forward facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, donot position the front passenger seat sothe child restraint contacts the instru-ment panel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, the sys-tem may determine the seat is occupiedand the passenger air bag may deployin a collision. Also the front passengerair bag status light may not illuminate.See “Child restraints”earlier in this sec-tion for information about installingand using child restraints.●Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag status light.●If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed later in this section, please takeyour vehicle to your NISSAN dealer tocheck the occupant classificationsystem.●Until you have confirmed with yourdealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, position the occupants in therear seating positions.This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System for the driver and frontpassenger seats. This system is designed tomeet certification requirements under U.S. regu-lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However,all of the information, cautions and warn-ings in this manual still apply and must befollowed.The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the dashboard above the glove box.The front air bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they may in-flate if the forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper front air bag system opera-tion.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dualstage inflators. It also monitors information fromthe crash zone sensor, the Air bag Control Unit(ACU), seat belt buckle sensors and OccupantClassification Sensor (weight sensor). Inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand seat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classification sensorsare also monitored. Based on information fromthe sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in aSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 62 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012crash, depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are belted or un-belted. Additionally, the front passenger air bagmay be automatically turned OFF under someconditions, depending on the weight detected onthe passenger seat and how the seat belt is used.If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the passen-ger air bag status light will be illuminated (if theseat is unoccupied, the light will not be illumi-nated, but the air bag will be off). See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” later in thissection for further details. One front air bag inflat-ing does not indicate improper performance ofthe system.If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, please contact NISSAN or your NISSANdealer. If you are considering modification of yourvehicle due to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by the release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the face andchest of the front occupants. They can help savelives and reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating front air bag may cause facial abrasionsor other injuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat beltsshould be correctly worn and the driver and pas-senger seated upright as far as practical awayfrom the steering wheel or instrument panel. Thefront air bags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of this, theforce of the front air bag inflating can increase therisk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, the front air bag module during inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.Front passenger air bag and status lightWARNINGThe front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some con-ditions. Read this section carefully tolearn how it operates. Proper use of theseat, seat belt and child restraints is nec-essary for most effective protection. Fail-ure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats, seatbelts and child restraints can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.WRS04751-46 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 63 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Status lightThe front passenger air bag status light islocated near the climate controls. After the igni-tion switch is placed in the 9ON9position, thefront passenger air bag status light on the instru-ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off or remains illuminated dependingon the front passenger seat occupied status. Thelight operates as follows:●Unoccupied passenger’s seat: The isOFF and the front passenger air bag is OFFand will not inflate in a crash.●Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The illuminates to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is OFF andwill not inflate in a crash.●Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec-tion: The light is OFF to indicate thatthe front passenger air bag is operational.Front passenger air bagThe front passenger air bag is designed to auto-matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operatedunder some conditions as described below inaccordance with U.S. regulations. If the frontpassenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in acrash. The driver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are usedto meet the requirements.The occupant classification sensors (weight sen-sors) are on the seat cushion frame under thefront passenger seat and are designed to detectan occupant and objects on the seat. For ex-ample, if a child is in the front passenger seat, theAdvanced Air Bag System is designed to turn thepassenger air bag OFF in accordance with theregulations. Also, if a child restraint of the typespecified in the regulations is on the seat, theoccupant classification sensors can detect it andcause the air bag to turn OFF.The front passenger seat belt sensor is designedto detect if the seat belt is buckled. Based on theweight on the seat detected by the occupantclassification sensor and the buckle state, theAdvanced Air Bag System determines whetherthe front passenger air bag should be automati-cally turned OFF as required by the regulations.Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt as out-lined in this manual should not cause the passen-ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. Forsmall adults it may be turned OFF, however if theoccupant takes his/her weight off the seat cush-ion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sittingon an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being outof position), this could cause the sensor to turnthe air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for the most effec-tive protection by the seat belt and supplementalair bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriate childrestraints and booster seats be properly installedin a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensor is designed to operate asdescribed above to turn the front passenger airbag OFF for specified child restraints as requiredby the regulations. Failing to properly securechild restraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in an accident orsudden stop. This can also result in the passen-ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of beingOFF. See “Child restraints” earlier in this sectionfor proper use and installation.If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object’s weight detected by the occupantSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 64 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012classification sensor. Other conditions could alsoresult in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag is au-tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied.The light will not illuminate when the front pas-senger seat is unoccupied.If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen-ger air bag status light is illuminated (indicatingthat the air bag is OFF), it could be that theperson is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly or not using the seat belt properly.If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or may notbe illuminated, depending on the size of the childand the type of child restraint being used. If the airbag status light is not illuminated (indicating thatthe air bag might inflate in a crash), it could bethat the child restraint or seat belt is not beingused properly. Make sure that the child restraint isinstalled properly, the seat belt is used properlyand the occupant is positioned properly. If the airbag status light is not illuminated, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.If the passenger air bag status light will not illu-minate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the passengerseat status. For example, if a large adult who issitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve-hicle, the passenger air bag status light will gofrom OFF to ON for a few seconds and then toOFF. This is normal system operation and doesnot indicate a malfunction.If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areaof the instrument panel, will blink. Have the sys-tem checked by a NISSAN dealer.Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautionsWARNING●Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steeringwheel or instrument panel. Such ob-jects may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the front airbags inflate.●Do not place objects with sharp edgeson the seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leave per-manent impressions in the seat. Suchobjects can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensors (weight sen-sors). This can affect the operation ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.●Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.1-48 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 65 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.●No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.●Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe front air bag system.●Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad and abovethe instrument panel or by installingadditional trim material around the airbag system.●Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag and result in serious per-sonal injury.●Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that are not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensor (weight sensor).●No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering withthe seat belt system may result in seri-ous personal injury.●Work on and around the front air bagsystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses* shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Unau-thorized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used onthe air bag system.●A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshield couldaffect the function of the supplementalair bag system.*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 66 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGAND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAINSIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in the outside of theseatback of the front seats. The curtain air bagsare located in the side roof rails. These systemsare designed to meet voluntary guidelines to helpreduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occu-pants. However, all of the information, cau-tions and warnings in this manual still ap-ply and must be followed. The side air bagsand curtain air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity side impact.They are designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in cer-tain side collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain airbag operation.When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby the release of smoke. This smoke is not harm-ful and does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathing con-dition should get fresh air promptly.Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chest andpelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain airbags help to cushion the impact force to the headof occupants in the front and rear outboard seat-ing positions. They can help save lives and re-duce serious injuries. However, an inflating sideair bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasionsor other injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lower body.The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bag. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side air bag andcurtain air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. The sideair bags and curtain air bag will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.The side air bags and curtain air bags op-erate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.WARNING●Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisherand the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a side air bag inflates.LRS02591-50 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 67 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.●No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage to oraccidental inflation of the side air bagand curtain air bag or damage to theside air bag and curtain air bag systems.●Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag and curtain air bag systems.●Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the frontseats by placing material near the seat-backs or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bag.●Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag system should bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Installationof electrical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-ing harnesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag system.* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems and guide the buyer tothe appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.SEAT BELTS WITHPRETENSIONERS (Front seats)WARNING●The pretensioners cannot be reused af-ter activation. They must be replacedtogether with the retractor and buckleas a unit.●If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is not acti-vated, be sure to have the pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, re-placed by your NISSAN dealer.●No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is to pre-vent damage to or accidental activationof the pretensioners. Tampering withthe pretensioner system may result inserious personal injury.●Work around and on the pretensionersystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.●If you need to dispose of a pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.Working with the seat belt retractor, the preten-sioners help tighten the seat belt when the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seat occupants.Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 68 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The pretensioners are part of the seat belt retrac-tor assembly . These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. (See 9SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT9in this section for more de-tails.) If the operation of the supplemental air bagwarning light indicates there is a malfunction,have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.1. SRS air bag warning labels (located onthe sun visors)SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits for the air bag systems, preten-sioners and all related wiring.When the ignition is placed in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.LRS2163 LRS01001-52 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systemZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 69 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag and curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing:●The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.●The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.●The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systemsmay not operate properly. They must be checkedand repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag and/or preten-sioner systems will not operate in an ac-cident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.Repair and replacement procedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bagsand pretensioners are designed to inflate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightremains illuminated after inflation has occurred.Repair and replacement of these supplementalair bag systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, pretensioners and related parts should bepointed out to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood or insidethe vehicle.WARNING●Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the air bagmodule will not function again andmust be replaced. Additionally, the ac-tivated pretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module and preten-sioners should be replaced by aNISSAN dealer. The air bag module andpretensioners cannot be repaired.●The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag systems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected by aNISSAN dealer if there is any damage tothe front end or side portion of thevehicle.●If you need to dispose of a supplemen-tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap thevehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Incor-rect disposal procedures could causepersonal injury.Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 70 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122 Instruments and controlsInstrumentpanel...................................2-2Metersandgauges................................2-3Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer....................................2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuelgauge ....................................2-5Compass display (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Compassdisplay...............................2-7Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . 2-10Checkingbulbs ...............................2-10Warninglights ................................2-10Indicatorlights................................2-14Audiblereminders.............................2-16Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . .2-17Startupdisplay................................2-17Settings......................................2-17Vehicle information display warnings andindicators.....................................2-23Securitysystems.................................2-26Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Switchoperation..............................2-28Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Xenon headlights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . .2-33Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Turnsignalswitch .............................2-34Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35Heated seats (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch. . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Mappockets..................................2-39Seatback pockets (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Sunglassesholder.............................2-39Cupholders ..................................2-40Glovebox ....................................2-41Consolebox..................................2-41ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 71 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Groceryhooks................................2-42Windows........................................2-42Powerwindows...............................2-42Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Automaticmoonroof...........................2-45Interiorlight......................................2-47Console light (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47PersonalLights...................................2-48Maplights.......................................2-48Trunklight.......................................2-49HomeLinkTuniversal transceiver (if so equipped). . . . .2-49Programming HomeLinkT.......................2-50Programming HomeLinkTfor Canadiancustomers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Operating the HomeLinkTuniversaltransceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Reprogramming a single HomeLinkTbutton . . . . . .2-52If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 72 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Instrument brightness control/Trip com-puter reset switch (P. 2-34, P. 2-4)2. Vents (P. 4-18)3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turnsignal switch (P. 2-30)4. Driver supplemental air bag/horn(P. 1-37, P. 2-35)5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)6. Paddle shift controls (if so equipped)(P. 5-15)7. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P. 2-28)8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 2-35)9. Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-45)10. Audio system controls/Navigationsystem* (P. 4-30)11. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P. 1-37)12. Glove box (P. 2-41)13. Aux jack (P. 4-41, 4-47, 4-54)14. Power outlet/USB port (P.2-38, 4-54,4-56)15. Heater and air conditioner (manual orautomatic) (P. 4-19, P. 4-27)16. Shift selector (P. 5-13)17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-8)18. Cruise control main/set switch/BluetoothTHands-free Phone System(P.5-19 / P. 4-96, P. 4-70, P. 4-85 )19. Tilt/telescopic steering wheel controls(P. 3-32)20. Steering wheel switch for audio control/Vehicle information display controls( P. 4-68, P. 2-17)21. Fuel filler door release/Hood release)(P. 3-30, P. 3-27)LIC2369INSTRUMENT PANEL2-2 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 73 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201222. Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch(P. 2-37)Trunk opener (P. 3-27)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-37)* Refer to the Navigation System Owner’s manual(if so equipped)See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.1. Tachometer2. Warning/indicator lights3. Vehicle Information Display4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge6. Odometer/Twin trip odometer7. Engine coolant temperature gaugeLIC2254METERS AND GAUGESInstruments and controls 2-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 74 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERSpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer s1and the twin trip odometer s2are displayed below the Vehicle Information Dis-play when the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.Changing the display:Pushing the TRIP RESET s3switch on the left ofthe instrument panel to change the display asfollows:Trip →Trip →TripResetting the trip odometer:Pushing the TRIP RESET switch s3for morethan 1 second resets the currently displayed tripodometer to zero.Average fuel economy and distance to emptyinformation is also available. See “Vehicle Infor-mation Display” in this section.TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine intothe red zone s1.CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduce en-gine speed. Operating the engine in thered zone may cause serious enginedamage.LIC2218 LIC2234 LIC22192-4 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 75 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture. The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range s1when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over the nor-mal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “Incase of emergency”section for immediateaction required.FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) after theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.The low fuel warning light comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters 0 (Empty).LIC2220 LIC2222Instruments and controls 2-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 76 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.CAUTION●If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips. the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.●For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” later inthis section.This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in-dicates the direction of the vehicle’s heading.With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi-tion, press the button as described in thechart below to activate various features of theautomatic anti-glare rearview mirror.Push and holdthebutton for about:Feature:(Push button again for about 1 sec-ond to change settings)1 second Compass display toggles on/off5 seconds Compass zone can be changed tocorrect false compass readings9 seconds Compass enters calibration modeFor information about the automatic anti-glarefeature, refer to “Automatic anti-glare rearviewmirror” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section.Press the button for about 1 second whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position totoggle the compass display s1on or off. Thedisplay will indicate the direction of the vehicle’sheading.N: NorthE: EastS: SouthW: WestIf the display reads “C”, calibrate the compass bydriving the vehicle in three complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h).LIC1487COMPASS DISPLAY (if so equipped)2-6 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 77 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012You can also calibrate the compass by drivingyour vehicle on your everyday route. The com-pass will be calibrated once it has tracked threecomplete circles.COMPASS DISPLAYPress the button when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. The direction will bedisplayed.Zone variation change procedureThe difference between magnetic north and geo-graphical north is known as variance. In someareas, this difference can sometimes be greatenough to cause false compass readings. Followthese instructions to set the variance for yourparticular location if this happens:1. Establish your location on the zone map.Refer to the illustration. Record your zonenumber.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.3. Press the button in for 5 seconds untilthe current zone entry number is displayed.4. Press the button repeatedly until thedesired zone entry number is displayed.Once the desired zone number is displayed, stoppressing the button and the display willshow compass direction within a few seconds.NOTE:Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.Instruments and controls 2-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 78 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●If a magnet is located near the com-pass or the vehicle is driven where theterrestrial magnetism is disturbed, thecompass display may not indicate thecorrect direction.●In places where the terrestrial magne-tism is disturbed, the correction of thedirection starts automatically.Inaccurate compass direction:The compass display is equipped with automaticcorrection function. If the correct direction is notshown, follow this procedure.1. With the display turned on, press and holdthe switch for about 9 seconds. Thedisplay will read “C.”2. Calibrate the compass by driving the vehiclein three complete circles at a maximumspeed of 5 MPH (8 km/h).3. After completing the circles the displayshould return to normal.●If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjustment,have the compass checked at an authorizedNISSAN dealer.WIC03552-8 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 79 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●The compass may not indicate the correctcompass point in tunnels or while driving upor down a steep hill. (The compass returnsto the correct compass point when the ve-hicle moves to an area where the geomag-netism is stabilized.)CAUTION●Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect the op-eration of the compass.●When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror as it maycause the liquid cleaner to enter themirror housing.Instruments and controls 2-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 80 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator lightCharge warning light Fog light indicator light (if so equipped) Side light and headlight indicator light (green)Low tire pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Slip indicator lightMaster warning light High beam indicator light (blue) Turn signal/hazard indicator lightsPower steering warning light Overdrive off indicator light (if so equipped) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlightCHECKING BULBSWith all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand place the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:, or , , , ,The following lights (if equipped) come on brieflyand then go off:, , , ,If any light fails to come on, it may indicatea burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.WARNING LIGHTSFor additional information on warnings and indi-cators, see “Vehicle information display” later inthis section.Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light illuminates and then turns off. Thisindicates the ABS is operational.If the ABS light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock braking sys-tem is not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS2-10 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 81 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-tion is turned off. The brake system then operatesnormally, but without anti-lock assistance. See“Brake system” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion.or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parking brake andthe foot brake systems.Parking brake indicatorWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied.Low brake fluid warning lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluid level.If the light comes on while the engine is runningwith the parking brake not applied, stop the ve-hicle and perform the following:1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.WARNING●Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed because driv-ing it could be dangerous.●Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.●If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicatorWhen the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate theABS is not functioning properly. Have the brakesystem checked, and if necessary, repaired by aNISSAN dealer promptly. Avoid high-speed driv-ing and abrupt braking. (See “Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning light” in this section.)Charge warning lightIf this light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is not func-tioning properly. Turn the engine off and checkthe generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSANdealer immediately.CAUTION●Do not ground electrical accessoriesdirectly to the battery terminal. Doingso will bypass the variable control sys-tem and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely. Refer to “Variablevoltage control system” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section laterin this manual.●Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.Low tire pressure warning lightYour vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.Instruments and controls 2-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 82 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 secondand turns off.Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. A“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire Load and Information label located inthe driver’s door opening. The low tire pres-sure warning light does not automaticallyturn off when the tire pressure is adjusted.After the tire is inflated to the recom-mended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the lowtire pressure warning light. Use a tire pres-sure gauge to check the tire pressure.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning isactive as long as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated.For additional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments and controls”section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section andin the “In case of emergency” section.TPMS malfunction:If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position. The light will remain onafter the 1 minute. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer. The “Tire Pressure Low - AddAir” warning does not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.For additional information, see “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting anddriving” section and “Tire pressure” in the “Start-ing and driving” section.WARNING●Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.●If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch in the ON position, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.●If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could re-sult in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tireplacard located in the driver’s dooropening to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light stillcomes on while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.2-12 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 83 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.●Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.CAUTION●The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.●If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 25 km/h (16 MPH), theTPMS may not operate correctly.●Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the 4 wheels correctly.Master warning lightWhen the ignition is in the ON position, themaster warning light illuminates if any of the fol-lowing are displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay.●No key warning●Low fuel warning●Low windshield-washer fluid warning●Parking brake release warning●Door/trunk open warning●Loose fuel cap●Check tire pressure warningPower steering warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,the power steering warning light illuminates. Afterstarting the engine, the hydraulic pump electricpower steering warning light turns off. This indi-cates that the electric power steering system isoperational. See “Power steering system” in the“Starting and driving” section.Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition switch is placed in the ON or STARTposition and remains illuminated until the driver’sseat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chimesounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.The seat belt warning light may also illuminate ifthe front passenger’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the front passenger’s seat is occupied. For7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the system does not activate thewarning light for the front passenger.Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionfor precautions on seat belt usage.Supplemental air bag warninglightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ON orSTART position, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off. This means the system is operational.Instruments and controls 2-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 84 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, and preten-sioner systems need servicing and your vehiclemust be taken to a NISSAN dealer:●The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.●The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.●The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre-tensioners may not function properly. For addi-tional details, see “Supplemental restraint sys-tem” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual.WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag systemsand/or pretensioner systems will not op-erate in an accident. To help avoid injuryto yourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.INDICATOR LIGHTSFor additional information on warnings and indi-cators, see “Vehicle information display” later inthis section.Front passenger air bag statuslightThe front passenger air bag status light ( )will be lit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passenger seatis being used.For front passenger air bag status light operation,see “Front passenger air bag and status light” inthe “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual.Front fog light indicator light (ifso equipped)The front fog light indicator light illuminates whenthe front fog lights are ON. See “Fog light switch”later in this section.High beam indicator light(blue)This blue light comes on when the headlight highbeams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected.The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If this indicator light comes on steady or blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indicate apotential emission control malfunction.The Malfunction Indicator Light may also comeon steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons(11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds whenthe engine is not running, it indicates that thevehicle is not ready for an emission control sys-tem inspection/maintenance test. See “Readi-ness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test”in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.2-14 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 85 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012OperationThe Malfunction Indicator Light will come on inone of two ways:●Malfunction Indicator Light on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel-filler cap ifthe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears inthe vehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or installthe cap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by a NISSAN dealer. You do notneed to have your vehicle towed to thedealer.●Malfunction Indicator Light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system. To re-duce or avoid emission control system dam-age:– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.– avoid steep uphill grades.– if possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinkingand come on steady. Have the vehicle inspectedby a NISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,and possible damage to the emission con-trol system.Overdrive off indicator light (ifso equipped)QR25DE:The overdrive off indicator light illuminates whenthe overdrive off mode is selected.VQ35DE:This light illuminates and then turns off when theignition switch is placed to the ON position.QR25DE and VQ35DE:For additional information, see “ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.Security indicator lightThis light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF, LOCK or ACC position.The blinking security indicator light indicates thatthe security systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.For additional information, see “Security sys-tems” later in this section.Side light and headlightindicator light (green)The side light and headlight indicator light illumi-nates when the side light or headlight position isselected. See “Headlight and turn signal switch”later in this section for further details.Slip indicator lightThis indicator will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting that the vehicle is nearing its tractionlimits. The road surface may be slippery.Instruments and controls 2-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 86 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe appropriate light flashes when the turn signalswitch is activated.Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedon.Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator lightThis indicator light comes on when the VehicleDynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF.This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control hasbeen turned off.Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switchagain or restart the engine and the system will bereactivated. See “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes onwhen you push the push-button ignition switch tothe ON position. The light will turn off after about2 seconds if the system is operational. If the lightstays on or comes on along with the indi-cator light while you are driving, have the VehicleDynamic Control system checked by a NISSANdealer.While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system isoperating, you might feel slight vibration or hearthe system working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.When a disc brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when thevehicle is in motion, whether or not the brakepedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard.Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi-tion, a chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened if the headlights or parking lights are on.Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-ing the vehicle.NISSAN Intelligent KeyTdoor buzzerThe Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if theIntelligent Key is left inside the vehicle whenlocking the doors. When the buzzer sounds, besure to check both the vehicle and the IntelligentKey. See “NISSAN Intelligent Key™ ” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.The vehicle information display is located to theleft of the speedometer. It displays such items as:●Vehicle settings●Trip computer information●Cruise control system information●NISSAN Intelligent KeyToperation information●Audio information●Navigation - turn by turn (if so equipped)●Indicators and warnings●Tire Pressure information (if so equipped)●Other informationLIC2205VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY2-16 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 87 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can be changedusing the buttons and ENTER located onthe steering wheel.1. — navigate through the items in ve-hicle informationENTER — change or select an item in thevehicle information display2. — go back to the previous menu3. — select/enter the Vehicle informa-tion menu items or to change from one dis-play screen to the next (i.e. trip, TPMS, Fueleconomy)The ENTER and buttons also control audioand control panel functions. For additional infor-mation see, “Steering wheel switch for audiocontrol” in “Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section.STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACCposition the screens that display in the vehicleinformation include:●Active system status (if so equipped)●Trip computer●Tire pressure information (if so equipped)●Fuel economy●WarningsWarnings will only display if there are any pres-ent, for more information on warnings and indica-tors see, “Vehicle information display warningsand indicators” in this section.To control what items display in the vehicle infor-mation display, see “Main menu selection” in thissection.SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change the infor-mation displayed in the vehicle information display:●Main Menu Selection●Body Color●Maintenance●Alarms●Vehicle Settings●Language●Unit●Welcome Effects●Factory ResetMain Menu SelectionThe items that display can be enabled/disabledwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition. To change the items that display.Use the button to select and the ENTERbutton to change a menu item:●Trip Computer●Audio●Navigation (if so equipped)●Fuel Economy●Tire Pressures (if so equipped)LIC2322Instruments and controls 2-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 88 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Trip ComputerThe trip computer can be enabled/disabled todisplay in the vehicle information display whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.From the “Main Menu Selection” select “TripComputer” to display in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition is placed in the ONposition.AudioThe audio can be enabled/disabled to display inthe vehicle information display when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position to display theradio information in the vehicle information dis-play.From the “Main Menu Selection”select “Audio”todisplay in the vehicle information display whenthe ignition is placed in the ON position.Navigation (if so equipped)The navigation can be enabled/disabled to dis-play in the vehicle information display when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.From the “Main Menu Selection” select “Naviga-tion” to display in the vehicle information displaywhen turn-by-turn is used and the ignition isplaced in the ON position.Fuel EconomyThe fuel economy can be enabled/disabled todisplay in the vehicle information display whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.From the “Main Menu Selection” select “FuelEconomy” to display in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition is placed in the ONposition.Tire Pressures (if so equipped)The tire pressures can be enabled/disabled todisplay in the vehicle information display whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.From the “Main Menu Selection” select “TirePressures” to display in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition is placed in the ONposition.Body ColorThe color of the vehicle that displays in the ve-hicle information display when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position can be changed.1. scheduled service: oil and oil filter2. tires3. otherMaintenanceThe maintenance mode allows you to set alertsfor the reminding of maintenance intervals. Tochange an item:1. Press the button.2. Use the button until “Settings” is se-lected, and press ENTER.3. Select “Maintenance” using the but-tons and press ENTER.LIC23702-18 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 89 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ServiceThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for changing the engine oil andfilter. You can set or reset the distance for check-ing or replacing these items. For scheduled main-tenance items and intervals, see your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide.”TireThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for replacing tires. You can set orreset the distance for replacing tires.WARNINGThe tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. See “ChangingWheels and Tires” in “Maintenance & Do-It-Yourself” section. Many factors includ-ing tire inflation, alignment, driving habitsand road conditions affect tire wear andwhen tires should be replaced. Setting thetire replacement indicator for a certaindriving distance does not mean your tireswill last that long. Use the tire replace-ment indicator as a guide only and alwaysperform regular tire checks. Failure to per-form regular tire checks, including tirepressure checks could result in tire fail-ure. Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, which couldresult in serious personal injury or death.OtherThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for checking or replacing main-tenance items other than the engine oil, oil filterand tires. Other maintenance items can includesuch things as air filter or tire rotation. You can setor reset the distance for checking or replacingthe items.AlarmsThis setting allows the customer to set alarms foroutside temperature and a timer alert.1. Press the button.2. Use the button until “Settings” is se-lected, and press ENTER.3. Select “Alarms” using the buttons andpress ENTER.Outside TemperatureThis setting allows the customer toenable/disable the alert for low outside tempera-ture in the vehicle information display.1. Use the buttons to select “OutsideTemperature”.2. Press the ENTER button to turn ON/OFFthe outside temperature in the vehicle infor-mation display.Timer AlertThis setting allows the customer to set an alert tonotify the driver that the set time has beenreached.1. Use the buttons to select “TimerAlert”.2. Press the ENTER button.Instruments and controls 2-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 90 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. To change the timer amount, use thebuttons and the ENTER button to save theselected time amount.Navigation (if so equipped)This setting allows the customer toenable/disable the alert for navigation in the ve-hicle information display.1. Use the buttons to select “Naviga-tion”.2. Press the ENTER button to turn ON/OFFthe alert.Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allows the customer tochange settings for interior lights, intelligent keysettings, unlock settings and other vehicle set-tings.The vehicle settings can be changed usingthe , , and the ENTER buttons.Auto Room LampThe interior lights can be set to be ON or OFF ifany door is unlocked. From the Vehicle Settingsmenu, select “Auto Room Light”. Use the ENTERbutton to turn this feature ON or OFF.Light Sensitivity (if so equipped)The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlierbased on the brightness outside the vehicle.From the Vehicle Settings menu, select “LightSensitivity”. Use the ENTER button to change thesensitivity.Light Off Delay (if so equipped)The duration of the automatic headlights can bechanged from 0 to 180 seconds. From the Ve-hicle Settings menu, select “Light Off Delay”. Usethe ENTER button to change the duration.Wiper with SpeedThe wiper with speed can be set to be ON orOFF. From the Vehicle Settings menu, select“Wiper with Speed”. Use the ENTER button toturn this feature ON or OFF.I-Key Door Lock (if so equipped)When this item is turned on, the request switchon the door is activated. From the Vehicle Set-tings menu, select “I-Key Door Unlock”. Use theENTER button to activate this function.Selective-UnlockWhen this item is turned on, only the driver’s dooris unlocked first after the door unlock operation.When the door handle request switch on thedriver’s or front passenger’s side door is pushedto be unlocked, only the corresponding door isunlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if thedoor unlock operation is performed again within1 minute. When this item is turned to off, all thedoors will be unlocked after the door unlockoperation is performed once. From the VehicleSettings menu, select “Selective Unlock”. Usethe ENTER button to activate this function.Auto Door UnlockThe auto door unlock function automatically un-locks all the doors when the shift selector isplaced in P (park) position. From the VehicleSettings menu, select “Auto Door Unlock”. Usethe ENTER button to enable/disable this func-tion.Answer back hornWhen the answer back horn is on the horn willchirp and the hazard indicators will flash oncewhen locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.Remote Start (if so equipped)The remote start function can be turned on or off.If the setting is OFF the vehicle cannot be startedusing the intelligent key. From the Vehicle Set-tings menu, select “Remote Start”. Use the EN-TER button to enable/disable.2-20 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 91 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Battery SaverActivating the battery saver will automatically turnoff the headlights after a period of time when theignition switch is placed in the OFF positionwhen the headlight switch is in the ,or position. From the Vehicle Settingsmenu, select “Battery Saver”. Use the ENTERbutton to enable/disable this function.LanguageThe language of the vehicle information displaycan be changed to:●US English●French●SpanishUse the , , and the ENTER buttons toselect and change the language of the vehicleinformation display. The language of the centerdisplay/navigation can be changed indepen-dently of the vehicle information display. For ve-hicles not equipped with Navigation see “SET-TING button:” and vehicles equipped withNavigation see, “System”in the “Monitor, climate,audio, phone and voice recognition systems”section of this manual.UnitsThe units that are shown in the vehicle informa-tion display can be changed:●Mileage●Tire pressures●TemperatureUse the , , and the ENTER buttons toselect and change the units of the vehicle infor-mation display. The units of the navigation screencan be changed independently of the vehicleinformation display. For vehicles equipped withNavigation, see “System”in the “Monitor, climate,audio, phone and voice recognition systems”section of this manual.MileageThe unit for the mileage that displays in the ve-hicle information display can be changed to:●miles, MPG, Inch●km/h, l/100km, cmUse the and the ENTER buttons to selectand change the unit.Tire Pressures (if so equipped)The unit for tire pressure that displays in thevehicle information display can be changed to:●psi●kPa●bar●Kgf/cm2Use the and the ENTER buttons to selectand change the unit.TemperatureThe temperature that displays in the vehicle infor-mation display can be changed from:●°F (Fahrenheit)●°C (Celsius)Use the ENTER button to toggle choices.Welcome EffectsThe welcome screen display can be turnedON/OFF to display when the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position. Toenable/disable the welcome screen:1. Press the button.Instruments and controls 2-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 92 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Use the buttons to select “Settings”,and press ENTER.3. Select “Welcome Effects” using thebuttons and press ENTER to turn this func-tion ON or OFF.Factory ResetThe settings in the vehicle information display canbe reset back to the factory default. To reset thevehicle information display:1. Press the button.2. Use the buttons to select “Settings”,and press the ENTER button.3. Select “Factory Reset” using the but-tons and press the ENTER button.4. Select “YES” to return all settings back todefault by pressing the ENTER button.2-22 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 93 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS1. No Key Detected2. Key ID Incorrect3. Shift to Park4. Push ignition to OFF5. Key Battery Low6. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys-tem7. Release parking brake8. Low Fuel9. Low Washer Fluid10. Door Open11. Trunk OpenLIC2343Instruments and controls 2-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 94 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201212. Timer Alert – Time for a driver break?13. Low Outside Temperature14. Power will turn off to save the battery15. CVT Error16. Reminder: Turn OFF headlights17. Low Oil Pressure18. Key Registration Complete19. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air (if so equipped)20. TPMS Error21. Remote Start (if so equipped)22. Loose Fuel CapNo Key DetectedThis warning appears when the intelligent key isleft outside the vehicle with the ignition switch isthe ON or ACC position. Make sure the Intelli-gent Key is inside the vehicle.Key ID IncorrectThis warning appears when the ignition switch isplaced from the OFF position and the intelligentkey is not recognized by the system. You can notstart the engine with an unregistered key.See “NISSAN Intelligent KeyT” in “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” for more information.Shift to ParkThis warning illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ACC or OFF position and the shiftselector is in any position other than P (Park)position. Also, a chime sounds when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position.If this warning illuminates, move the shift selectorto the P (Park) position or start the engine.For additional information about Intelligent Key,see “NISSAN Intelligent KeyT” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.Push ignition to OFFAfter the Push ignition to OFF warning illumi-nates, the warning will illuminate if the ignitionswitch is placed in the ACC position when theshift selector is moved to the P (Park) position.To turn off the Push warning, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position and then in the LOCKposition.Key Battery LowThis indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power.If this indicator illuminates, replace the batterywith a new one. See “Battery replacement” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.Engine start operation for Intelligent KeysystemThis indicator appears when the battery of theIntelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Keysystem and the vehicle are not communicatingnormally.If this appears, touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal.For more information see, “Intelligent Key batterydischarge” in the “Starting and driving” section.Release Parking brakeThis warning illuminates in the message area ofthe vehicle information display when the parkingbrake is set and the vehicle is driven.Low FuelThis warning illuminates when the fuel level in thefuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small re-serve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).Low Washer FluidThis warning illuminates when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. See “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.2-24 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 95 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Door OpenThis warning illuminates when a door has beenopened when the engine is running.Trunk OpenThis warning illuminates when the trunk has beenopened when the engine is running.Timer Alert – Time for a driver break?This indicator appears when the set time isreached. The time can be set up to 6 hours. Forsetting the timer see, “Timer alert” in this section.Low Outside TemperatureThis warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 37°F (3°C). The temperature can bechanged to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit, see“Temperature” earlier in this section.Power will turn off to save the batteryThis warning appears in message area of thevehicle information display after a period of time ifthe shift selector has not moved from the P (Park)position.CVT ErrorThis warning illuminates when the there is a prob-lem with the CVT system. If this warning comeson, have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.Reminder: Turn OFF headlightsThis warning appears when the headlights areleft in the ON position when exiting the vehicle.Place the headlight switch to OFF or AUTO po-sition. For additional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” in this section.Low Oil PressureThis warning appears in message area of thevehicle information display if low oil pressure isdetected. This gauge is not designed to indicatedlow oil level. The low oil pressure warning isnot designed to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine oil”in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.Intelligent key registration completeThis appears when a new intelligent key is regis-tered to the vehicle.Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures ofall 4 tires to the recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See “Low tire pressure warning light” ear-lier in this section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving”section.TPMS ErrorThis warning appears when there is a error withyour TPMS. If this warning comes on, have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.Push to start (if so equipped)This warning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the vehicle has been started usingthe remote start function. To start the vehicle,apply the brake and place the ignition switch inthe ON position.Loose Fuel CapThis warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle has beenrefueled. See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of this manual.Instruments and controls 2-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 96 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Your vehicle may have two types of security sys-tems:●Vehicle security system●NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemVEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visual andaudible alarm signals if someone opens thedoors, trunk lid or the hood when the system isarmed. It is not, however, a motion detection typesystem that activates when a vehicle is moved orwhen a vibration occurs.The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior orexterior vehicle components in all situations. Al-ways secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key inthe vehicle, and always lock the vehicle whenunattended. Be aware of your surroundings, andpark in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.Many devices offering additional protection, suchas component locks, identification markers, andtracking systems, are available at auto supplystores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealermay also offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protection features.How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.3. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle request switch(if so equipped), power door lock switch ormechanical key.4. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security light stays on forabout 30 seconds. The vehicle security sys-tem is now pre-armed. After about 30 sec-onds the vehicle security system automati-cally shifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once every 3seconds. If, during the 30-second pre-armtime period, the driver’s door is unlocked bythe key or the keyfob, or the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position, the sys-tem will not arm.●Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andtrunk lid locked with the ignitionswitch placed in the LOCK position.When placing the ignition switch in theACC or ON position, the system will bereleased.Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the followingalarm:●The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.●The alarm automatically turns off after a pe-riod of time. However, the alarm reactivates ifthe vehicle is tampered with again. The alarmcan be shut off by unlocking the driver’s dooror trunk lid with the key, or by pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.LIC0301SECURITY SYSTEMS2-26 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 97 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The alarm is activated by:●opening the door or trunk lid without usingthe key or Intelligent Key (even if the door isunlocked by releasing the door inside lockswitch).How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’sdoor or the trunk lid with the key, pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key, or press-ing the request switch (if so equipped) on thedriver’s or passenger’s door with the IntelligentKey in range of the door handle.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of aregistered key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Statement related to Section 15 of FCCRules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-temThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE-SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks whenever theignition switch is placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACCposition. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System is operational.If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, the light will remain on while theignition switch is placed in the ON position.If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer forNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have when visitingyour NISSAN dealer for service.LIC0474Instruments and controls 2-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 98 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and ob-scure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the window with the de-froster before you wash the window.CAUTION●Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.●Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.●Do not fill the window washer reservoirwith washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled whilefilling the window washer reservoir.●Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir. Donot use the window washer reservoir tomix the washer fluid concentrate andwater.If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted bysnow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protectits motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch tothe OFF position and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In approximately1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate thewiper.SWITCH OPERATIONThe windshield wiper and washer operates whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:s1Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knob towardsA(Slower) or sB(Faster). Also, the inter-mittent operation speed varies in accor-dance with the vehicle speed. (For example,when the vehicle speed is high, the intermit-tent operation speed will be faster.)WIC1434WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH2-28 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 99 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s2Low (LO) — continuous low speed operations3High (HI) — continuous high speed opera-tionPush the lever up s4to have one sweep opera-tion (MIST) of the wiper.Pull the lever toward you s5to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate several times.To defrost the rear window glass and outsidemirrors (if so equipped), start the engine andpush the rear window defroster switch on. Therear window defroster indicator light on theswitch comes on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.The rear window defroster automatically turns offafter approximately 15 minutes.CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.NOTE:The top and bottom few rows of wires onthe rear window are not part of the rearwindow defroster system. These wiresmake up the antenna for the audio system.Type ALIC2324Type BLIC2325REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCHInstruments and controls 2-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 100 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012XENON HEADLIGHTS (if soequipped)WARNINGcHIGH VOLTAGE●When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer.●Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional head-lights. If they are not correctly aimed,they might temporarily blind an oncom-ing driver or the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If headlightsare not aimed correctly, immediatelytake your vehicle to a NISSAN dealerand have the headlights adjustedcorrectly.When the xenon headlight is initially turned on, itsbrightness or color varies slightly. However, thecolor and brightness will soon stabilize.●The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turnoff the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon head-lights is not reduced.●If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will start blink-ing, or the color of the light will be-come reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHType AWIC1435HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH2-30 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXtitle will be moved
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 101 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Lightings1When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights come on.s2When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the headlights come on and all the otherlights remain on.CAUTIONUse the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.Type BWIC1436Type CWIC1510Instruments and controls 2-31ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 102 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlights to turnon and off automatically. The autolight systemcan:●Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,license plate and instrument panel lights au-tomatically when it is dark.●Turn off all the lights when it is light.●Keep all the lights on for a period of time afteryou place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and all doors are closed.NOTE:Autolight activation sensitivity and thetime delay for autolight shutoff can be ad-justed. See “Vehicle information display”inthis section.To turn on the autolight system:1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-tion s1.2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and adoor is opened and left open, the headlightsremain ON for a period of time. If another door isopened while the headlights are on, then thetimer is reset.To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch tothe OFF, , or position.Be sure you do not put anything on top ofthe autolight sensor located in the top sideof the instrument panel. The autolight sen-sor controls the autolight; if it is covered,the autolight sensor reacts as if it is darkout and the headlights will illuminate. Ifthis occurs while parked with the engineoff and the ignition switch placed in the ONposition, your vehicle’s battery could be-come discharged.LIC2351 LIC23182-32 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 103 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Headlight beam selects1To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights come onand the light illuminates.s2Pull the lever back to select the low beam.s3Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.Battery saver systemIf the ignition switch is placed in the OFF positionwhile the headlight switch is in theor position, the headlights will turn off aftera period of time.CAUTIONEven though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights after aperiod of time, you should turn the head-light switch to the OFF position when theengine is not running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(Canada only)The headlights automatically illuminate at a re-duced intensity when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytime runninglights operate with the headlight switch in theOFF position or in the position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night.If the parking brake is applied before the engine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights will remain on until the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position.WARNINGWhen the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others.WIC1438Instruments and controls 2-33ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 104 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPush the “+” button sAto increase the bright-ness of instrument panel lights when driving atnight.Push the “-” button sBto decrease the bright-ness of instrument panel lights when driving atnight.TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signals1Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.Lane change signals2To signal a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where the indicator lightbegins to flash, but the lever does not latch.FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switchto the position, then turn the fog lightswitch to the position.To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch inthe AUTO position, the headlights must be on, thenturn the fog light switch to the position.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switchto the OFF position.The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected.LIC2305 WIC1439 WIC14402-34 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 105 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights flash.WARNING●If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.●Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.●Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.The flashers will operate with the ignition switchplaced in any position.Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.To sound the horn, push near the horn icon of thesteering wheel.WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.LIC0394 LIC2319HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH HORNInstruments and controls 2-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 106 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.1. Start the engine.2. Push the low or high position of the switch,as desired, depending on the temperature.The indicator light in the switch will illumi-nate.The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switchoff.WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in se-rious injury.CAUTION●Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using theseat.●Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.●Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.●Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.●When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.●If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby your NISSAN dealer.●The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.LIC1543HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)2-36 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXtitle will be moved
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 107 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The heated steering wheel system is designed tooperate only when the surface temperature of thesteering wheel is below approximately 68°F(20°C).Push the heated steering wheel switch to warmthe steering wheel after the engine starts. Theindicator light will come on.If the surface temperature of the steering wheel isbelow 68°F (20°C), the system will heat thesteering wheel to approximately 86°F (30°C),then turn off automatically.Push the switch again to turn the heated steeringwheel off manually. The indicator light will go off.NOTE:The heated steering wheel switch isequipped with a 30 minute timer. After theswitch has been activate for 30 minutes,the system will automatically turn off. If thesurface temperature of the steering wheelis above 68°F (20°C) when the switch isturned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv-ing conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. Ifmaximum engine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off.To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will come on.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. See “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system”in the “Starting anddriving” section.LIC0421 LIC2315HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped) VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCHInstruments and controls 2-37ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 108 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The power outlets are for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.The power outlets are powered only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.Open the lower half of the console box to accessthe power outlet. Refer to “Console box” in thissection.CAUTION●The outlet and plug may be hot duringor immediately after use.●Only certain power outlets are designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit. Donot use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter. See your NISSANdealer for additional information.●Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.●Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.●Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.●Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.●Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.●Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.●When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.Instrument panelLIC2306Console boxLIC2307POWER OUTLET2-38 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 109 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETS (if soequipped)The seatback pockets are located on the back ofthe driver’s (if so equipped) and passenger’sseats. The pockets can be used to store maps.SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push and release.Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.WARNINGKeep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to prevent an accident.LIC2308 LIC0016 LIC2312STORAGEInstruments and controls 2-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 110 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.●Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.CUP HOLDERS The rear center cup holders are located in therear fold-down armrest.CAUTION●Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.●Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.FrontLIC2298RearLIC22972-40 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 111 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Soft bottle holderCAUTION●Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.●Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle. Use themaster key when locking s1or unlocking s2theglove box.WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.CONSOLE BOXUpper halfPull up on the driver’s side latch to open theupper half of the console box.The upper half of the console box may be used forstorage of cellular phones. An access hole isprovided at the front of the upper half of theconsole box for phone cord routing to the poweroutlet.Soft bottle holderLIC2296 LIC2300 WIC1120Instruments and controls 2-41ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 112 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Lower halfPull up on the passenger’s side latch to open thelower half of the console box. A power outlet islocated inside the console box.GROCERY HOOKSThe grocery hooks are located in the trunk andcan be used to hang a standard size plasticgrocery bag.CAUTIONDo not apply a total load of more than 20lbs (9 kg) to a single grocery hook.POWER WINDOWSWARNING●Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehicle whileit is in motion and before closing thewindows. Use the window lock switchto prevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.●Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, or for aperiod of time after the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of time, thepower to the windows is canceled.WIC1121 LIC2362WINDOWS2-42 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 113 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Window lock button2. Power door lock switch3. Front passenger side (automatic opera-tion if so equipped)4. Right rear passenger side5. Left rear passenger side6. Driver side automatic switchDriver’s side power window switchThe driver’s side control panel is equipped withswitches to open or close all of the windows.To open a window, push the switch to the firstdetent and continue to hold down until the de-sired window position is reached. To close awindow, pull the switch to the first detent andcontinue to hold up until the desired windowposition is reached.Front passenger’s power windowswitchThe passenger’s window switch operates onlythe corresponding passenger’s window. To openthe window, push the switch to the first detentand continue to hold it down until the desiredwindow position is reached s1. To close thewindow, pull the switch to the first detent andcontinue to hold it up until the desired windowposition is reached s2.LIC2299 WIC1129Instruments and controls 2-43ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 114 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open or closeonly the corresponding windows. To open thewindow, push the switch and hold it down s1. Toclose the window, pull the switch up s2.Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock button is depressed, onlythe driver’s side window can be opened orclosed. Push it again to cancel the window lockfunction.Automatic operationTo fully open a window equipped with automaticoperation, press the window switch down (onlydriver’s side shown) to the second detent andrelease it; it need not be held. The window auto-matically opens all the way. To stop the window,lift the switch up while the window is opening.To fully close a window equipped with automaticoperation, pull the switch up to the second detentand release it; it need not be held. To stop thewindow, press the switch down while the windowis closing.Auto-reverse functionIf the control unit detects something caught in thewindow as it is closing, the window will be imme-diately lowered.The auto-reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition or for a period of time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.WARNINGThere are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.When the automatic operation for thepower window switch does notoperateIf the automatic operation does not operate prop-erly, perform the following procedure to initializethe power window switch.LIC2311 LIC04102-44 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 115 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.2. Press and hold the driver’s window switchdown until the window opens completely.3. Release the switch.4. Pull and hold the driver’s window switch upto the second detent until the window glasshas reached the full close position. Con-tinue to hold the window switch in theup position for 5 seconds after the win-dow glass has reached the full closeposition. (It is necessary for this entire stepto be completed with one continuous pull ofthe window switch.)5. Release the switch.Initialization is now complete. The automatic op-eration for the power window switch should nowoperate.If the automatic operation does not operate prop-erly after performing the above procedure, see aNISSAN dealer for assistance.No initialization is required for all the other win-dow switches.AUTOMATIC MOONROOFThe moonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The auto-matic moonroof is operational for a period of time,even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC orOFF position. If the driver’s door or the frontpassenger’s door is opened during this period oftime, the power to the moonroof is canceled.Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, push theswitch to the open s2or close s1position andrelease it; it need not be held. The roof willautomatically open or close all the way. To stopthe roof, push the switch once more while it isopening or closing.Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, then push theswitch to the tilt up position s1and release it; itneed not be held. To tilt down the moonroof, pushthe switch to the tilt down position s2.Resetting the moonroof switchIf the moonroof does not operate properly, per-form the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the moonroof switch tothe close position s1to tilt the moonroof up.2. Push and hold the switch to the close posi-tion s1.3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.4. Push and hold the switch to the open posi-tion s2to fully tilt the moonroof down.5. Check if the moonroof switch operates nor-mally.LIC2313MOONROOF (if so equipped)Instruments and controls 2-45ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 116 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have your ve-hicle checked by an NISSAN dealer.Auto-reverse function (when closing ortilting down the moonroof)The auto-reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto-matic operation when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position or for a period of timeafter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.WARNINGThere are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.When closing:If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroofwill immediately open backward.When tilting down:If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im-mediately tilt up.If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re-peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keeppushing the tilt down switch within 5 secondsafter it happens; the moonroof will fully closegradually. Make sure nothing is caught in themoonroof.WARNING●In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.●Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.CAUTION●Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.●Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.SunshadeOpen and close the sunshade by sliding it for-ward or backward.If the moonroof does not closeHave your NISSAN dealer check and repair themoonroof.2-46 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 117 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s1The interior light can be turned ON regard-less of door position. The light will go off aftera period of time unless the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position when any door isopened.s2The interior lights can be set to operatewhen the doors are opened. To turn off theinterior lights when a door open, push theswitch, the interior lights will not illuminate,regardless of door position.The lights will go off when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position, or the driver’sdoor is closed and locked. The lights will alsogo off after a period of time when the doorsare open.NOTE:The step lights illuminate when the driverand passenger doors are opened regard-less of the interior light switch position.These lights will turn off automatically aftera period of time while doors are open toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)The console light will turn on whenever the park-ing lights or headlights are illuminated.LIC2302 LIC2303INTERIOR LIGHTInstruments and controls 2-47ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 118 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To turn the rear personal lights on, press theswitch. To turn them off, press the switch again.Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turnthem off, press the button again.CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.Rear personal lightsLIC1083 LIC2304PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS2-48 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXtitle will be moved
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 119 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.When the trunk lid is closed, the light goes off.The light will go off after a period of time if thetrunk lid is left open, unless the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.For bulb replacement procedures, refer to “Exte-rior and interior lights” in the “Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.The HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions of upto three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver:●Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks and se-curity systems.●Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLinkTwill retain all program-ming.When the HomeLinkTUniversal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLinkT” later in this section.WARNING●Do not use the HomeLinkTUniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standards be-came effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga-rage door opener which cannot detectan object in the path of a closing garagedoor and then automatically stop andreverse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.●During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that people orobjects are clear of the garage door,gate, etc. that you are programming.●Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver. Do not breatheexhaust gases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.TRUNK LIGHT HOMELINKTUNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)Instruments and controls 2-49ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 120 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012PROGRAMMING HOMELINKTIf you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLinkTbuttons, refer tothe HomeLinkTweb site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.NOTE:It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe device being programmed toHomeLinkTfor quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-frequency.1. Position the end of your hand-held transmit-ter 1–3 inches (5–14 cm) away from theHomeLinkTsurface, keeping the HomeLinkTindicator light s1in view.2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLinkTbutton andhandheld transmitter button. DO NOT re-lease until the HomeLinkTindicator light s1flashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. (The rapid flashing indi-cates successful programming.)NOTE:Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure noted inthe “Programing HomeLinkTfor Canadiancustomers and gate openers” section.3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLinkTbutton and observe the indicator light.●If the indicator light s1issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLinkTbutton ispressed and released.●If the indicator light s1blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device.A second person may make the followingsteps easier. Use a ladder or other device.Do not stand on your vehicle to performthe next steps.LIC2365 LIC23662-50 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 121 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. At the receiver located on the garage dooropener motor in the garage, locate the“learn”or “smart”button (the name and colorof the button may vary by manufacturer but itis usually located near where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the unit). If thereis difficulty locating the button, reference thegarage door opener’s manual.5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” but-ton.6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press andhold the trained HomeLinkTbutton for twoseconds and release. Repeat the“press/hold/release” sequence up to 3times to complete the training process.HomeLinkTshould now activate your rollingcode equipped device.7. If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLinkTbuttons,refer to the HomeLinkTweb site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.PROGRAMMING HOMELINKTFORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws require transmit-ter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after severalseconds of transmission – which may not be longenough for HomeLinkTto pick up the signalduring training. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-eout” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or you are having difficultiestraining a gate operator or garage door openerby using the “Training” procedures, replace“Programming HomeLinkT”Step 2 with the fol-lowing:NOTE:When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.1. See “Programing HomeLinkT” step 1 earlierin this section.2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLinkTbutton and thehand-held transmitter button. During train-ing, your hand-held transmitter may auto-matically stop transmitting. Continue topress and hold the desired HomeLinkTbut-ton while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter every two sec-onds until the frequency signal has beenlearned. The HomeLinkTindicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly after severalseconds upon successful training. DO NOTrelease until the HomeLinkTindicator lightflashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing indi-cates successful training.Proceed with “Programming HomeLinkT”step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during the pro-gramming procedure, remember to plug itback in when programming is completed.OPERATING THE HOMELINKTUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver, after it isprogrammed, can be used to activate the pro-grammed device. To operate, simply press andrelease the appropriate programmed HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver button. The amber indica-tor light will illuminate while the signal is beingtransmitted.For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of thedevice may also be used at any time.Instruments and controls 2-51ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 122 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLinkTdoes not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:●replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.●position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLinkTsurface.●press and hold both the HomeLinkTandhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.●position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3inches (26 - 76 mm) away from theHomeLinkTsurface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLinkTis not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition – keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLinkTbuttons, refer tothe HomeLinkTweb site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the programmedinformation from both buttons. Individual buttonscannot be cleared. However, individual buttonscan be reprogrammed, see “Reprogramming asingle HomeLinkTbutton” in this section.To clear all programming:1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLinkTbuttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Do nothold for longer than 20 seconds.2. Release both buttons.HomeLinkTis now in the programming mode andcan be programmed at any time beginning with“Programming HomeLinkT” - Step 1.REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINKTBUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiverbutton, complete the following:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbut-ton. DO NOT release the button.2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20seconds. Without releasing the HomeLinkTbutton, proceed with “ProgrammingHomeLinkT” - Step 1.For questions or comments, contact HomeLinkTat: www.homelink.com or 1–800–355–3515.The HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver button hasnow been reprogrammed. The new device canbe activated by pushing the HomeLinkTbuttonthat was just programmed. This procedure willnot affect any other programmed HomeLinkTbuttons.IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLinkT. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call the manu-facturer or dealer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLinkTUniver-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.2-52 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 123 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation. Note: Changesor modifications not expressly approved bythe party responsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with RSS-210 of In-dustry Canada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.Instruments and controls 2-53ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 124 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MEMO2-54 Instruments and controlsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 125 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys.............................................3-2NISSAN Intelligent KeyT........................3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . 3-3Doors............................................3-4Lockingwithkey................................3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Automaticdoorlocks ...........................3-5Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6NISSAN Intelligent KeyTWith Door and TrunkRequestSwitches.................................3-6Operatingrange................................3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9NISSAN Intelligent KeyToperation ...............3-9How to use the remote keyless entryfunction......................................3-13Warningsignals...............................3-16Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16NISSAN Intelligent KeyTWithout Door and TrunkRequestSwitches................................3-18Operatingrange...............................3-19How to use the remote keyless entryfunction......................................3-19Warningsignals...............................3-23Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Remote engine start operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Canceling a remote start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Conditions the remote start will not work . . . . . . . . .3-26Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Openeroperation..............................3-28Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Openeroperation..............................3-30Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Telescopic operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Rearview mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(ifsoequipped)...............................3-34Outsidemirrors ...............................3-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 126 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Intelligent Key (2 sets)2. Mechanical key3. Key number plate (1 plate)NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTYour vehicle can only be driven with the IntelligentKeys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel-ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System components. As manyas 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and usedwith one vehicle. The new keys must be regis-tered by an NISSAN dealer prior to use with theIntelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the reg-istration process requires erasing all memory inthe Intelligent Key components when registeringnew keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys thatyou have to the NISSAN dealer.CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occurrenceswhich will damage the Intelligent Key:●Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.●Do not drop the Intelligent Key.●Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.●Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.●Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.●Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).●Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.●Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.This may prevent the unauthorized use ofthe Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, contact an NISSAN dealer.Type AWPD0427Type BLPD2052KEYS3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 127 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Mechanical keyThe Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key.To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob on the back of the Intelligent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors, glove box and rear seatback lock.See “Doors” in this section, “Storage” in the“Instruments and controls” section, and “Seats”in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section of this manual.CAUTIONAlways carry the mechanical key installedin the Intelligent Key slot.Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me-chanical key with you to protect your belongings.To prevent the glove box and the trunk from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow the proce-dures below:1. Push the trunk cancel switch to the OFFposition.2. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.3. Lock the glove box and the rear seats withthe mechanical key.4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.See “Storage” in the “Instruments and controls”section and “Seats” in the “Safety — seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” section.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSYou can only drive your vehicle using the masterkeys which are registered to the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System components in your vehicle.The master key can be used for all the locks.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Additional or replacement keys:If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli-cate your existing key. This is because the regis-tration process will erase the memory of all keycodes previously registered into the NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System.Do not allow the immobilizer system key, whichcontains an electrical transponder, to come intocontact with water or salt water. This could affectsystem function.SPA1951Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 128 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors can not be openedusing the inside or outside door handles. Thedoors must be unlocked to open the doors.WARNING●Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keep outintruders.●Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.●Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.LOCKING WITH KEYThe power door lock system allows you to lock orunlock all doors at the same time.Turning the key toward the front s1of the vehiclelocks all doors.Turning the key one time toward the rear s2of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that position,returning the key to neutral s3(where the key canonly be removed and inserted) and turning ittoward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocksall doors s4.Opening and closing windows (if soequipped)The driver’s door key operation allows you toopen and close windows equipped with auto-matic operation at the same time.●To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is unlocked.●To close the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is locked.Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.Driver’s sideLPD0461DOORS3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 129 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position s1, then close thedoor.To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position s2.LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) tothe lock position s1. When locking the door thisway, be certain not to leave the key inside thevehicle.To unlock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’sside) to the unlock position s2.Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is moved to thelock position and any door is open, all doors willlock and unlock automatically. With the IntelligentKey left in the vehicle and any door is open, alldoors will unlock automatically and a chime willsound after the door is closed.These functions help to prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS●All doors lock automatically when the vehiclespeed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).●All doors unlock automatically when the ig-nition is placed in the OFF position.The automatic unlock function can be de-activated or activated. To deactivate or acti-vate the automatic door unlock system, performthe following procedure:1. Close all doors.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lock switch tothe position (UNLOCK) for more than5 seconds.Inside lockLPD2092Door lock switchLPD2093Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 130 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.When the automatic door unlock system is deac-tivated, the doors do not unlock when the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position. To unlockthe door manually, use the inside lock knob or thepower door lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side).NOTE:The automatic door unlock function can bechanged using the Vehicle Settings in thevehicle information display. The “AutoDoor Unlock” choices are:●Off●IGN OFF●Shift into PCHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.When the lever is in the unlock position s2, thedoor can be opened from the outside or theinside.When the lever is in the LOCK position s1,the door can be opened only from the out-side.WARNING●Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.●The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and communi-cation systems. Do not operate the In-telligent Key while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is stored for aflight.The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locksusing the remote controller function or pushingthe request switch on the vehicle without takingthe key out from a pocket or purse. The operatingenvironment and/or conditions may affect theIntelligent Key operation.Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key.SPA2037NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTWITHDOOR AND TRUNK REQUESTSWITCHES3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 131 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.●Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intel-ligent Key transmits weak radio waves. Environ-mental conditions may interfere with the opera-tion of the Intelligent Key under the followingoperating conditions:●When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, such asa TV tower, power station and broadcastingstation.●When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.●When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.●When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.●When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal com-puter.●When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an indi-cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis-play. See “Vehicle Information Display” in the“Instruments and controls” section.Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receivingradio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter.For information regarding replacement of a bat-tery, see “Battery replacement” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional IntelligentKeys, contact a NISSAN dealer.CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the IntelligentKey:●Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.●Do not drop the Intelligent Key.●Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.●Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.●Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.●Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).●Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.●Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 132 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli-gent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent theunauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operatethe vehicle. For information regarding the erasingprocedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch s1.When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch s1.If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,handle or rear bumper, the request switches maynot function.When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push therequest switch to lock/unlock the doors.LPD20733-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 133 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION●Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.●After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.●To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you and then lock thedoors.●Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTOPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out of your pocket or bag.When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch within the range of opera-tion.WPD0375 LPD2074Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 134 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Locking doors1. Move the shift selector to the P (Park) posi-tion, place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and make sure you carry the Intelli-gent Key with you.2. Close all doors.3. Push any door handle request switch s1while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.4. All doors and the trunk will lock.5. The hazard warning lights flash twice andthe outside buzzer sounds twice.NOTE:●Request switches for all doors and trunk canbe deactivated when the I-Key Door Locksetting is switched to OFF in the VehicleSettings of the vehicle information display.See “Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section.●Doors lock with the door handle requestswitch while the ignition switch is not in theLOCK position.●Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while any door isopen. However, doors lock with the me-chanical key even if any door is open.●Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch with the Intelligent Key insidethe vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you.However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked with an-other Intelligent Key.CAUTION●After locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure that the doorshave been securely locked by operatingthe door handle or the trunk openerswitch.●When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.●The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.LPD2075 WPD03693-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 135 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protectionis equipped with the Intelligent Key.When the driver’s side door is open, the doorsare locked, and then the Intelligent Key is putinside the vehicle and all the doors are closed;the lock will automatically unlock and the doorbuzzer sounds.NOTE:The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is oper-ating the request switch to lock the door.Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket oryour other hand.CAUTIONThe lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:●When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.●When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the rear parcel shelf.●When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the glove box or a storage bin.●When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the door pockets.●When the Intelligent Key is placed on orunder the spare tire area.●When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side or near metallic materials.Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.2. Push the door handle request switch s1.3. The hazard warning lights flash once and theoutside buzzer sounds once.4. Push the door handle request switch s1again within 5 seconds to unlock all doors.If a door handle is pulled while unlocking thedoors, that door may not be unlocked. Returningthe door handle to its original position will unlockthe door. If the door does not unlock after return-ing the door handle, push the door handle re-quest switch to unlock the door.LPD2075Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 136 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch:●Opening any door.●Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light timer illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.The interior light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following operations:●Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.●Locking the doors with the remote controller.●Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.Opening the trunk lid1. Push the trunk opener request switch sAformore than 1 second while carrying the Intel-ligent Key with you.2. The trunk will unlatch. A chime will sound 4times.3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the trunk, lockout protection isequipped with the Intelligent Key.WPD0369 LPD20773-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 137 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When all doors are locked and the trunk lid isclosed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk,the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk willopen.HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can operate alldoor locks using the remote keyless function ofthe Intelligent Key. The remote keyless functioncan operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) awayfrom the vehicle. The operating distance de-pends upon the conditions around the vehicle.The remote keyless entry function will not func-tion under the following conditions:●When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.●When the doors or the trunk are open or notclosed securely.●When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.CAUTIONWhen locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.2. Close all doors.3. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.4. The hazard warning lights flash twice andthe horn beeps once.5. All doors will be locked.CAUTIONAfter locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles.WPD0359Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 138 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Unlocking doors1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.2. The hazard warning lights flash once.3. Press the button again within 5 sec-onds to unlock all doors.NOTE:The unlocking operation can be changed inSelective door unlock in the Vehicle Set-tings of the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pressing the button:●Opening any doors.●Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period of timewhen a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.The light can be turned off without waiting byperforming one of the following operations:●Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.●Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.●Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.●Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. See “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls”section.Opening windowsThe Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneouslyopen windows equipped with automatic opera-tion.●To open the windows, press the but-ton on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3seconds after all doors are unlocked.The door windows will open while pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.WPD03603-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 139 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Releasing the trunk lidPress the button for longer than 0.5 sec-onds to open the trunk lid. The trunk releasebutton will not operate when the ignition switch isin the ON position or when the trunk cancelswitch is in the OFF position. See “Cancelswitch” in this section.Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pressing and holding the button on theIntelligent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for aperiod of time.The panic alarm stops when:●It has run for a period of time, or●Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.●The request switch on the driver or passen-ger door has been pushed and the IntelligentKey is in range of the door handle.Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn feature can bedeactivated using the Intelligent Key. When de-activated and the LOCK button ispushed the hazard indicator flashes twice andwhen the UNLOCK button is pushed, nei-ther the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.WPD0364 WPD0361 WPD0362Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 140 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NOTE:If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the Intelligent Key,the vehicle information display screen willshow the current mode after the ignitionswitch has been cycled from the OFF to theON position. The vehicle information dis-play screen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode. See “Answer backhorn” in the “Instruments and controls”section.To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times toconfirm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.The hazard warning lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from moving unex-pectedly by erroneous operation of the IntelligentKey or to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning is displayed inthe instrument panel.When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.See the “Troubleshooting guide” that follows and“Vehicle information display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys that areprogrammed for the vehicle. If another IntelligentKey is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehiclesystem may respond differently than expected.3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXThis text will be moved above chart on next page
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 141 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Symptom Possible Cause RemedyWhen stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears in thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.The shift selector is not in the P (Park)position.Move the shift selector to the P (Park)position.When opening the driver’s door to get outof the vehicleThe Door Open warning appears in the dis-play and the inside warning chime soundscontinuously.The ignition switch is in the ACC position. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.When closing the door after getting out ofthe vehicleThe No Key Detected warning appears inthe display, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chime soundsfor approximately 3 seconds.The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.The Shift to Park warning appears in thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.The ignition switch is in the ACC positionand the shift selector is not in the P (Park)position.Move the shift selector to the P (Park) posi-tion and place the ignition switch in theOFF position.When closing the door with the inside lockknob turned to LOCKThe outside chime sounds for approximately3 seconds and all the doors unlock. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the door handle requestswitch or the LOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key to lock the doorThe outside chime sounds for approximately2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the ignition switch to startthe engineThe Key low battery indicator appears in thedisplay. The battery charge is low.Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Battery” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears i nthe display, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chime soundsfor approximately 3 seconds.The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light inthe meter illuminates in yellow.It warns of a malfunction with the IntelligentKey system. Contact a NISSAN dealer.Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE text will be placed here
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 142 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Radio waves could adversely affect elec-tric medical equipment. Those who use apacemaker should contact the electricmedical equipment manufacturer for thepossible influences before use.●The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and communi-cation systems. Do not operate the In-telligent Key while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is stored for aflight.The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locksusing the remote controller function. The operat-ing environment and/or conditions may affect theIntelligent Key operation.Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key.CAUTION●Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.●Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intel-ligent Key transmits weak radio waves. Environ-mental conditions may interfere with the opera-tion of the Intelligent Key under the followingoperating conditions:●When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, such asa TV tower, power station and broadcastingstation.●When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.●When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.●When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.●When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal com-puter.●When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an indi-cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis-play. See “Vehicle Information Display” in the“Instruments and controls” section.Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receivingradio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter.For information regarding replacement of a bat-tery, see “Battery replacement” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional IntelligentKeys, contact a NISSAN dealer.NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTWITHOUT DOOR AND TRUNKREQUEST SWITCHES3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 143 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the IntelligentKey:●Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.●Do not drop the Intelligent Key.●Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.●Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.●Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.●Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).●Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.●Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli-gent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent theunauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operatethe vehicle. For information regarding the erasingprocedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range.When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.The operating range is within 33 ft (10 m) of thevehicle.HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can operate alldoor locks using the remote keyless function ofthe Intelligent Key. The remote keyless functioncan operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) awayfrom the vehicle. The operating distance de-pends upon the conditions around the vehicle.The remote keyless entry function will not func-tion under the following conditions:●When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.●When the doors or the trunk are open or notclosed securely.●When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.CAUTIONWhen locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 144 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.2. Close all doors.3. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.4. The hazard warning lights flash twice andthe horn beeps once.5. All doors will be locked.CAUTIONAfter locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles.Unlocking doors1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.2. The hazard warning lights flash once.3. Press the button again within 5 sec-onds to unlock all doors.WPD0359 WPD03603-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 145 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NOTE:The unlocking operation can be changed inSelective door unlock in the Vehicle Set-tings of the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pressing the button:●Opening any doors.●Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period of timewhen a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.The light can be turned off without waiting byperforming one of the following operations:●Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.●Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.●Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.●Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. See “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls”section.Opening windowsThe Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneouslyopen windows equipped with automatic opera-tion.●To open the windows, press the but-ton on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3seconds after all doors are unlocked.The door windows will open while pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.Releasing the trunk lidPress the button for longer than 0.5 sec-onds to open the trunk lid. The trunk releasebutton will not operate when the ignition switch isin the ON position or when the trunk cancelswitch is in the OFF position. See “Cancelswitch” in this section.WPD0364Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 146 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pressing and holding the button on theIntelligent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for aperiod of time.The panic alarm stops when:●It has run for a period of time, or●Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn feature can bedeactivated using the Intelligent Key. When de-activated and the LOCK button ispushed the hazard indicator flashes twice andwhen the UNLOCK button is pushed, nei-ther the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.NOTE:If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the Intelligent Key,the vehicle information display screen willshow the current mode after the ignitionswitch has been cycled from the OFF to theON position. The vehicle information dis-play screen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode. See “Answer backhorn” in the “Instruments and controls”section.To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times toconfirm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.The hazard warning lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.WPD0361 WPD03623-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 147 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from moving unex-pectedly by erroneous operation of the IntelligentKey or to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning is displayed inthe instrument panel.When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.See the “Troubleshooting guide” that follows and“Vehicle information display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 148 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys that areprogrammed for the vehicle. If another IntelligentKey is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehiclesystem may respond differently than expected.Symptom Possible Cause RemedyWhen stopping the engine The Shift to Park warning appears in thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.The shift selector is not in the P (Park)position.Move the shift selector to the P (Park)position.When opening the driver’s door to get outof the vehicleThe Door Open warning appears in the dis-play and the inside warning chime soundscontinuously. The ignition switch is in the ACC position. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.When closing the door after getting out ofthe vehicleThe No Key Detected warning appears inthe display, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chime soundsfor approximately 3 seconds.The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.The Shift to Park warning appears in thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.The ignition switch is in the ACC positionand the shift selector is not in the P (Park)position.Move the shift selector to the P (Park) posi-tion and place the ignition switch in theOFF position.When closing the door with the inside lockknob turned to LOCK The outside chime sounds for approximately3 seconds and all the doors unlock. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door The outside chime sounds for approximately2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the ignition switch to startthe engineThe Key low battery indicator appears in thedisplay. The battery charge is low. Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Battery” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears inthe display, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chime soundsfor approximately 3 seconds.The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light inthe meter illuminates in yellow. It warns of a malfunction with the IntelligentKey system. Contact a NISSAN dealer.3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 149 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli-gent KeyTif the vehicle has remote engine start.This feature allows the engine to start from out-side the vehicle.The following features may be affected when theremote start feature is used:●Vehicles with manual or automatic climatecontrol systems will default to the last usedheating or cooling mode.●Vehicle equipped with heated seats mayhave this feature come on during a remotestart. See “Heated seats”in the “Instrumentsand controls” section for more information.Laws in some local communities may restrict theuse of remote starters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.Other conditions may affect the function of theRemote Engine Start feature. See “Conditionsthe remote start will not work” in this section foradditional information.Other conditions can affect the performance ofthe Intelligent Key transmitter. See “NISSAN In-telligent KeyTSystem” in this section for addi-tional information.REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGEThe remote engine start function can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range from the vehicle.When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key operating rangebecomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key maynot function properly.The remote engine start operating range is ap-proximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the remote start feature to start the engineperform the following:1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.2. Press the LOCK button to lock alldoors.3. Within 5 seconds press and hold theremote start button until the turn signal lightsilluminate. If the vehicle is not within viewpress and hold the remote start but-ton for about 2 seconds.The following events will occur when the enginestarts:●The parking lights will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.●The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.●The engine will continue to run for 10 min-utes. Repeat the steps to extend the time foran additional 10 minutes. See “Extendingengine run time” in this section.Depress the brake and place the ignition switchin the ON position before driving. For furtherinstructions see “Driving the vehicle” in the“Starting and driving” section.LPD2078REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 150 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote start feature can be extended onetime by performing the steps listed in “Remotestarting the vehicle” in this section. Run time willbe calculated as follows:●The first 10 minute run time will start whenthe remote start function is performed.●The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the remote start function is per-formed. For example, if the engine has beenrunning for 5 minutes, and 10 minutes areadded, the engine will run for a total of 15minutes.A maximum of two remote starts, or a single startwith an extension, are allowed between ignitioncycles.The ignition switch must be cycled to the ONposition and then back to the OFF position be-fore the remote start procedure can be usedagain.CANCELING A REMOTE STARTTo cancel a remote start, perform one of thefollowing:●Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpress and hold until the parking lightsturn off.●Turn on the hazard warning flashers.●Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF.CONDITIONS THE REMOTE STARTWILL NOT WORKThe remote start will not operate if any of thefollowing conditions are present:●The ignition switch is placed in the ON po-sition.●The hood is not securely closed.●The hazard warning lights are on.●The I–Key Indicator Light remainssolid in the vehicle information display.●The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into thevehicle.●The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.●The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli-gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal isnot depressed.●Two remote vehicle starts, or a single remotestart with an extension, have already beenused.●The vehicle is not in P (Park).●The Remote Start function has beenswitched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set-tings of the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.The remote engine start may display a warning orindicator in the vehicle information display. For anexplanation of the warning or indicator please see“Vehicle information display warning and indica-tors” in the “Instruments and controls” section.3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 151 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s1Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the driver’s side instrument panel; thehood springs up slightly.s2Push the lever at the front of the hood to theside as illustrated with your fingertips andraise the hood.s3Remove the support rod from the clamp.s4Insert the support rod into the slot on thepassenger side fender ledge.5. When closing the hood, return the supportrod to its original position, lower the hood toapproximately 30 cm (12 in) above the latchand release it. This allows proper engage-ment of the hood latch.WARNING●Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving. Thevehicle should only ever be operatedwith the hood securely closed.●If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.LPD2079Instrument panelLPD2080HOOD TRUNK LIDPre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 152 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012OPENER OPERATIONWARNING●Do not drive with the trunk lid open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle. See “Ex-haust gas” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.●Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.To open the trunk lid perform one of the followingafter unlocking the vehicle:●Press the button on the instrument panel.●Press the button on the Intelligent Key.●Push the sArelease switch (if so equipped).To close the trunk lid, lower and push the trunk liddown securely.NOTE:Request switches for all doors and trunkcan be deactivated when the I-Key DoorLock setting is switched to OFF in the Ve-hicle Settings of the vehicle informationdisplay. See “Vehicle information display”in the “Instruments and controls” section.Intelligent KeyWPD0364Request switchLPD20773-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 153 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Cancel switchWhen the switch, located inside the glove box, isin the OFF position, the power to the trunk lid willbe cancelled.The trunk lid cannot be opened when:●using the trunk lid release switch,●the trunk open request switch (if soequipped) is pushed, when the IntelligentKey is in range of the vehicle or●the HOLD button on the Intelligent Key ispressed.INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASEWARNINGClosely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from playingand becoming locked in the trunk wherethey could be seriously injured. Keep thecar locked, with the rear seatback andtrunk lid securely latched when not in use,and prevent children’s access to car keys.The interior trunk lid release mechanism providesa means of escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside the trunk.To open the trunk from the inside, pull the illumi-nated release handle until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release handle ismade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light.The handle is located inside the trunk compart-ment on the interior of the trunk lid.LPD0395 LPD2081Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 154 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel-filler door release is located below theinstrument panel. To open the fuel-filler door, pullthe release. To lock, close the fuel-filler doorsecurely.FUEL-FILLER CAPWARNING●Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop the engine and do notsmoke or allow open flames or sparksnear the vehicle when refueling.●Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.●Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also causethe Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) to come on.●Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.●Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:– Always place the container on theground when filling.– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-ing it.– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.CAUTION●The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap-pear if the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed. Failureto tighten the fuel-filler cap properlyafter the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap-pears may cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.LPD2022FUEL-FILLER DOOR3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 155 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Malfunc-tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates becausethe fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and continueto drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips.If the light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicle in-spected by a NISSAN dealer.●For additional information, see the“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and Controls” sectionin this manual.●If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.To remove the fuel-filler cap:1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder s1while refueling.To install the fuel-filler cap:1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.Loose Fuel Cap warningThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in thevehicle information display when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. It may take a few driving trips forthe message to be displayed. To turn off thewarning, perform the following:1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. See “Fuel-filler cap”.2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.3. Press the next button sAon the steer-ing wheel for about 1 second to turn off theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning sBafter tight-ening the fuel-filler cap.LPD2082 LPD2090Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 156 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012TILT OPERATIONPull the lock lever down s1and adjust the steer-ing wheel up or down s2to the desired position.Push the lock lever up s1firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.TELESCOPIC OPERATIONPull the lever s1all the way toward you andadjust the steering wheel forward or backward indirection s3, to the desired position. Lock thewheel by releasing the lever and ensure that thelever has returned to its original position.WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary for propersteering operation and comfort. The driv-er’s air bag inflates with great force. If youare unrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far away aspractical from the steering wheel. Alwaysuse the seat belts.LPD2085WPD0344TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING SUN VISORS3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreXSee attachment A
JOBNAME: No Job Name PAGE: 1 SESS: 3 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 18:46:10 2012 SUM: 23EB9F81/nissan_pdm/nissancims/owners/com/manual-tele.altTELESCOPIC OPERATIONPull the lock lever down s1and adjust the steer-ing wheel forward or backward s3to the desiredposition.Push the lock lever up s1firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.WARNINGDo not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary for propersteering operation and comfort. The driv-er’s air bag inflates with great force. If youare unrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far away aspractical from the steering wheel. Alwaysuse the seat belts.0-1Attachment A
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 157 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s1To block glare from the front, swing down themain sun visor.s2To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side.s3To extend (if so equipped) the sun visor, slidein or out as needed.CAUTION●Do not store the sun visor before return-ing the extension to its originalposition.●Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward. VANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. Some vanitymirrors are illuminated and turn on when themirror cover is open.REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)The night position s1reduces glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.Use the day position s2when driving in daylighthours.WARNINGUse the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.LPD2067 WPD0126MIRRORSPre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 158 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-cally dims during night time conditions and ac-cording to the intensity of the headlights of thevehicle following you. The automatic anti-glarefeature is activated when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.The indicator light will illuminate when the auto-matic anti-glare feature is operating.NOTE:Do not hang any objects over the sensorss1or apply glass cleaner to the sensors.Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of thesensors, resulting in improper operation. Type A and Type BThe indicator light s2will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature, press:●the O button for inside mirrors withoutcompass.●the button for inside mirrors withcompass.The indicator light will turn off.To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature again,press:●the | button for inside mirrors withoutcompass.●the button for inside mirrors withcompass.The indicator light will turn on.For information on HomeLinkTUniversal Trans-ceiver operation, see the “HomeLinkTUniversalTransceiver” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.Type A - Without compassLPD0469Type B - With compassLPD04703-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 159 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012For information on the compass display (if soequipped), see “Compass display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.OUTSIDE MIRRORSWARNING●Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.●Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.The outside mirror remote control only operateswhen the ignition switch is placed in the ACC orON position.Move the small switch s1to select the right or leftmirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired positionusing the large switch s2.Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost,defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For addi-tional information, see “Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.LPD2083Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 160 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Manual folding outside mirrors (if soequipped)Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.LPD20843-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 161 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systemsControl panel buttons — color screen withNavigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to use the touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to use the BACK button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to use the MENU button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7button..................................4-11RearView Monitor (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12How to park with predicted course lines(Navigation System only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13Difference between predicted and actualdistances.....................................4-14Adjustingthescreen...........................4-17Operatingtips.................................4-18Vents ...........................................4-18Heater and air conditioner (manual)(ifsoequipped)..................................4-19Controls......................................4-20Heateroperation ..............................4-21Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22Airflowcharts.................................4-23Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(ifsoequipped)..................................4-27Automaticoperation ...........................4-28Manualoperation..............................4-28Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Radio........................................4-30FMradioreception ............................4-30AMradioreception............................4-31Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . .4-31Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31FM/AM radio with compact disc (CD) player(ifsoequipped)...............................4-39FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48USB interface (models without NavigationSystem) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54USB interface (models with NavigationSystem)......................................4-56iPodT* player operation without NavigationSystem (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57iPodT* player operation with NavigationSystem (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 162 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012BluetoothTstreaming audio withoutNavigation System (Type A) (if so equipped). . . . . .4-62BluetoothTstreaming audio withoutNavigation System (Type B) (if so equipped). . . . . .4-62BluetoothTstreaming audio with NavigationSystem (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64PandoraTaudio (United States only)(ifsoequipped)...............................4-65CDcareandcleaning..........................4-67Steering wheel switch for audio control(ifsoequipped)...............................4-68Antenna......................................4-69CarphoneorCBradio............................4-69BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System withoutNavigation System (Type A) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . .4-70Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72Usingthesystem..............................4-72Controlbuttons ...............................4-75Gettingstarted................................4-75List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77Voice Adaptation (VA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-81Manualcontrol................................4-83Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-84BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System withoutNavigation System (Type B) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . .4-85Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86Usingthesystem..............................4-87Controlbuttons ...............................4-88Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88Voicecommands..............................4-89Makingacall..................................4-91Receivingacall ...............................4-91Duringacall..................................4-92Endingacall..................................4-92Textmessaging................................4-92BluetoothTsettings............................4-94Manualcontrol................................4-96BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System withNavigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-96Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-98Voicecommands..............................4-98Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-99Vehicle phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-100Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-101Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-101ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 163 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Duringacall.................................4-102Endingacall.................................4-102Textmessaging...............................4-102Bluetoothsettings............................4-104Phonesettings...............................4-105NISSAN Voice Recognition System(ifsoequipped).................................4-106Usingthesystem.............................4-106System features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-108BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System voicecommands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-109Navigation System voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . .4-110Audio system voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-110Information voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-111Help voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-111Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 164 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Positioning of the heating or air condi-tioning controls and display controlsshould not be done while driving in or-der that full attention may be given tothe driving operation.●Do not disassemble or modify this sys-tem. If you do, it may result in accidents,fire, or electrical shock.●Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.●In case you notice any foreign object inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it,or notice smoke or smell coming fromit, stop using the system immediatelyand contact your nearest NISSANdealer. Ignoring such conditions maylead to accidents, fire or electricalshock.1. PWR button/VOL (volume) control knob2. Display screen3. ENTER / AUDIO button / TUNE / SCROLLknob4. BACK button5. MAP button*6. NAV button*7. MENU button8. (brightness control) buttonLHA2239CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 165 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20129. button**10. CAMERA button* For information regarding the Navigation systemcontrol buttons, refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.** For information regarding the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System control button, see“BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System” in thissection.When you use this system, make sure the engineis running.If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will discharge the battery, and theengine will not start.Reference symbols:“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to akey shown only on the display. These keys can beselected by touching the screen.HOW TO USE THE TOUCHSCREENCAUTION●The glass display screen may break if itis hit with a hard or sharp object. If theglass screen breaks, do not touch it.Doing so could result in an injury.●To clean the display, never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.●Do not splash any liquid such as wateror car fragrance on the display. Contactwith liquid will cause the system tomalfunction.To help ensure safe driving, some functions can-not be operated while driving.The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper-ate the navigation system.WARNING●ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.●Avoid using vehicle features that coulddistract you. If distracted, you couldlose control of your vehicle and causean accident.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 166 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Touch screen operationSelecting the item:Touch an item to select. For example, to selectthe “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key s1on thescreen.Adjusting the item:For screens where an item can be adjusted incre-mentally, such as when adjusting the bass andtreble for the audio system, touch the “+” key s1or the “2”key s2to adjust the settings of an item.When there are more items than can be dis-played on one screen, touch the up arrow s3toscroll up the page or touch the down arrow s4toscroll down the page.Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a setnumber of conditions. For example, the DisplayMode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”or “Night”.To adjust this type of item, touch the item s1. Theitem will cycle through the available settings andthe red indicator lights to the left of the settingcondition s2will come on or turn off accordingly.LHA2245 LHA2246 LHA14784-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 167 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Inputting characters:Touch the letter key s1.There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.●123 / ABC:Changes the available character set to num-bers.●Space:Inserts a space.●Delete:Deletes the last inputted character with onetouch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key todelete all of the characters.●OK:Completes the character input.Touch screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water or de-tergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipe thescreen.HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTONPress the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.HOW TO USE THE MENU BUTTONFor more information about the “POIs Poweredby Google™”, “Google™ Send-To-Car, “TrafficInformation” and “Weather” features, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.For more information about the “Voice Com-mands” key, see “Nissan Voice Recognition Sys-tem” in this section.To select and/or adjust several functions, fea-tures and modes that are available for your ve-hicle:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.LHA2247 LHA2253Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 168 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. Select the desired item.AudioFor audio setup, refer to “Audio system” in thissection.NavigationRefer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.Phone & BluetoothFor information regarding the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System, see “BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System” in this section.For information regarding BluetoothTaudio, see“BluetoothTstreaming audio with NavigationSystem” in this section.SystemSelect the “System” key to select and/or adjustvarious functions of the system. A screen withadditional options will appear.LHA2248 LHA22494-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 169 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Display:Select the “Display”key to adjust the appearanceof the display. The following settings can beadjusted:BrightnessThe brightness of the display can be set to VeryBright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touchthe “Brightness”key to cycle through the options.Display ModeThe display can be adjusted to fit the level oflighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”key to cycle through the options. “Day” and“Night” modes are suited for the respective timesof day, while “Automatic” controls the displayautomatically.Scroll DirectionThe direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.Choose either “up” or “down”.Clock Settings:Select the “Clock Settings” key to adjust the timeand the appearance of the clock on the display.The following settings can be adjusted:Time FormatThe clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.Date FormatSelect from five possible formats of displayingthe day, month and year.LHA1482 LHA2250Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 170 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Clock ModeSelect the mode for the clock. “Auto” uses thesystem’s GPS to automatically maintain the time.“Manual” allows you to set the clock using the“Set Clock Manually” key. “Time Zone” maintainsthe time based upon the zone selected whenselecting the “Time Zone” key.Set Clock ManuallyWhen this setting is activated, the clock can beset manually. Touch the “+” or “-” keys to adjustthe hours, minutes, day, month and year up ordown. “Clock Mode” must be set to “Manual” forthis option to be available.Daylight Savings TimeWhen this setting is activated, daylight savingstime is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time” keyto toggle the setting on or off.Time ZoneChoose the applicable time zone from the list.Language:Select the “Language”key to adjust the languageused by the system. The language can be set toEnglish, Français or Español.Touchscreen click:Select the “Touchscreen Click” key to toggle thetouchscreen click feature on or off. When acti-vated, a click sound will be heard every time a keyon the screen is touched.System Beeps:Select the “System Beeps” key to toggle thesystem beep tones feature on or off. When acti-vated, a beep sound will be heard when a pop-upLHA2251 LHA22524-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 171 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012message appears on the screen or a button onthe unit (such as the button) is pressedand held for two seconds.Reset all settings/memory:Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key toreturn all settings to default and to clear thememory.InfoFor information about the “Info” key, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.XMFor XM setup, refer to “Audio system” in thissection.BUTTONTo change the display brightness, pressthe button. Pressing the button again willchange the display to the day or the night display.If no operation is performed within 5 seconds, thedisplay will return to the previous display.Press and hold the button for more thantwo seconds to turn the display off. Press thebutton again to turn the display on.When the shift selector is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display shows arearward view from the vehicle.WARNING●The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the ve-hicle. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and may notdetect objects close to the bumper oron the ground.●The RearView Monitor is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Alwaysback up slowly.●Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance becausea wide-angle lens is used.●Make sure that the trunk is securelyclosed when backing up.●Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled beside the license plate light.●When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.●Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal-function or cause damage resulting in afire or an electric shock.CAUTIONThere is a plastic cover over the camera.Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from the cover.REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 172 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line sAare displayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the vehicle body.●Red line s1: approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)●Yellow line s2: approx. 3 ft (1 m)●Green line s3: approx. 7 ft (2 m)●Green line s4: approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines s5:Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.Predicted course lines s6(Navigation Sys-tem only):Indicate the predicted course when backing up.The predicted course lines will be displayed onthe monitor when the shift selector is in the R(Reverse) position and the steering wheel isturned. The predicted course lines will move de-pending on how much the steering wheel isturned and will not be displayed while the steer-ing wheel is in the neutral position.The vehicle width guide lines and the width of thepredicted course lines are wider than the actualwidth and course. The predicted course lines feature can be set toon or off.1. Press the CAMERA button.2. Select the “Show Guidelines” key to togglethe feature on or off.LHA1196 LHA22784-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 173 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES (Navigation Systemonly)WARNING●Always turn and check that it is safe todo so before backing up. Always backup slowly.●Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, vehicleposition, road conditions and roadgrade.●If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.●On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.●If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please perform thefollowing procedures:– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.●When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ACC position,the predicted course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.●The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a refer-ence only when the vehicle is on a levelpaved surface. The distance viewed onthe monitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actual dis-tance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.●When backing up the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor are fur-ther than they appear. When backing upthe vehicle down a hill, objects viewedin the monitor are closer than they ap-pear. Use the inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder to properly judgedistances to other objects.The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.1. Visually check that the parking space is safebefore parking your vehicle.2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen sAwhen the shift selector ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.LHA1197Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 174 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. Slowly back up the vehicle, adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predicted courselines sBenter the parking space sC.4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines sDparallel to theparking space sCwhile referring to the pre-dicted course lines.5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift selector to the P(Park) position and apply the parking brake.DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed objects.LHA1198 WHA15044-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 175 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-tance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to theplace sA, but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance onthe hill is the place sB. Note that any object onthe hill is further than it appears on the monitor.Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown farther than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to theplace sA, but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance onthe hill is the place sB. Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.WHA1505Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 176 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Backing up near a projecting objectThe predicted course lines sAdo not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle may hitthe object if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.Backing up behind a projecting objectThe position sCis shown farther than the positionsBin the display. However, the position sCisactually at the same distance as the position sA.The vehicle may hit the object when backing up tothe position sAif the object projects over theactual backing up course.LHA1201 WHA15064-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 177 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ADJUSTING THE SCREENThe procedure for adjusting the quality of thescreen differs depending on the type of screenpresent on the vehicle.For vehicles without Navigation System:1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.2. Turn the TUNE-SCROLL knob to highlightthe “Brightness” or “Contrast” key.3. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.4. Adjust the level using the TUNE-SCROLLknob and then press the ENTER/SETTINGbutton to apply the adjustment.●Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving.For vehicles with Navigation System:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “System” key.4. Select the “Display” key.5. Touch the “Brightness key and adjust thelevel to the desired setting.●Do not adjust the display of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving.Without Navigation SystemLHA2254With Navigation SystemLHA1482Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 178 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012OPERATING TIPS●When the shift selector is shifted to R (Re-verse), the monitor screen automaticallychanges to the RearView Monitor mode.However, the radio can be heard.●It may take some time until the RearViewMonitor is displayed after the shift selectorhas been shifted to R (Reverse). Objectsmay be distorted momentarily until the Rear-View Monitor screen is displayed com-pletely. When the shift selector is returned toa position other than R (Reverse), it may takesome time until the screen changes. Objectson the screen may be distorted until they arecompletely displayed.●When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly display ob-jects. This is not a malfunction.●When strong light directly enters the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.●Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.●The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.●The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-tor may differ somewhat from those of theactual object.●When the contrast of objects is low at night,pressing the SETTING button or MENU but-ton may not change the brightness.●Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark place or at night.●If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the RearView Monitor may not display ob-jects. Clean the camera.●Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolor-ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.●Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.●Do not use body wax on the camera window.If body wax does get on the camera window,wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp-ened with mild detergent diluted with water.Adjust air flow direction by moving the ventslides.Open or close the vents by using the dial. Movethe dial toward the to open the vents ortoward the to close them.SideLHA2255VENTS4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 179 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.●Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.●Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.CenterLHA2256RearLHA1134HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) (if so equipped)Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 180 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Fan speed control / system OFF dial /air conditioning (A/C) button2. Air flow control buttons3. Temperature control dial / MAX A/Cbutton4. Air recirculation button5. Rear window defroster button6. Front windshield defrost buttonCONTROLSFan control dialThe fan control dial turns the fan on and off, andcontrols fan speed.Air flow control buttonsThe air flow control buttons allow you to selectthe air flow outlets.MAXA/C— Air flows from center and sidevents with maximum cooling.— Air flows from center and sidevents.— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.— Air flows from defroster outletsand foot outlets.— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you to adjustthe temperature of the outlet air. To lower thetemperature, turn the dial to the left. To increasethe temperature, turn the dial to the right.LHA22434-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 181 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Air recirculation buttonOn position (Indicator light on):Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.Press the button to the ON position when:●driving on a dusty road.●to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas-senger compartment.●for maximum cooling when using the air con-ditioner.The air recirculation function does not operatewhen in the or air flow modes.Off position (Indicator light off):Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart-ment and distributed through the selected outlet.Use the off position for normal heater or air con-ditioner operation.Air conditioner buttonStart the engine, turn the fan control dial to thedesired position and press the button toturn on the air conditioner. The indicator lightcomes on when the air conditioner is operating.To turn off the air conditioner, push thebutton again.The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switchFor more information about the rear window andoutside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch,see “Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets. Some air also flows from the defrostoutlets and the side vent outlets.1. Press the button to the OFF positionfor normal heating.2. Press the air flow control button.3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position between the middle and thehot position.VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the side andcenter vents.1. Press the button to the OFF position.2. Press the air flow control button.3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.Defrosting or defoggingThis mode directs the air to the defrost outlets todefrost/defog the windows.1. Press the defrost/defog button .2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position between the middle and thehot position.●To quickly remove ice or fog from the win-dows, turn the fan control dial to the highestsetting and the temperature control to thefull HOT position.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 182 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●When the position is selected, the airconditioner automatically turns on (the indi-cator light on the button will come on)if the outside temperature is more than 36°F(2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helpsdefog the windshield. The mode au-tomatically turns off, allowing outside air tobe drawn into the passenger compartmentto further improve the defogging perfor-mance.Bi-level heatingThe bi-level mode directs warmed air to the sideand center vents and to the front and rear flooroutlets.1. Press the button to the OFF position.2. Press the air flow control button.3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogs the wind-shield.1. Press the air flow control button.2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position between the middle and thehot position.●When the position is selected, the airconditioner automatically turns on if the out-side temperature is more than 36°F (2°C).The indicator light on the A/C button willcome on. This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. Themode automatically turns off, allowing out-side air to be drawn into the passengercompartment to further improve the defog-ging performance.Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield. Thisimproves heater operation.AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONStart the engine, turn the fan control dial to thedesired position, and push in the button toactivate the air conditioner. When the air condi-tioner is on, cooling and dehumidifying functionsare added to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.1. Press the button to the OFF position.2. Press the air flow control button.3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.4. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.●For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, push the button tothe ON position. Be sure to return theto the OFF position for normal cooling. MAXA/C may be used for quick cooling.Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.1. Press the button to the OFF position.2. Press the air flow control button.3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 183 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.Dehumidified defoggingThis mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air.1. Press the air flow control button.2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.●When the or are selected, theair conditioner automatically turns on (theindicator light may or may not illuminate) ifthe outside temperature is more than 36°F(2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helpsdefog the windshield. The mode au-tomatically turns off, allowing outside air tobe drawn into the passenger compartmentto further improve the defogging perfor-mance.●The air conditioner is always on inmode, regardless of whether the indicatorlight is on or off.3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.Operating tips●Keep the windows and moonroof closedwhile the air conditioner is in operation.●After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3minutes with the windows open to vent hotair from the passenger compartment. Then,close the windows. This allows the air con-ditioner to cool the interior more quickly.●The air conditioning system should beoperated for approximately 10 minutesat least once a month. This helps pre-vent damage to the system due to lackof lubrication.●A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.●If the engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature over the normal range, turnthe air conditioner off. See “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button and dialpositions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,cooling or defrosting. The air recirculationbutton should always be in the OFF posi-tion for heating and defrosting.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 184 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012LHA2284 LHA22854-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 185 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012LHA2286 LHA2287Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 186 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012LHA22884-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 187 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. (front defroster) button2. Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/AUTO (automatic) climate control but-ton3. Display screen4. Temperature control dial (passenger’sside)/DUAL (passenger’s side tempera-ture control) button5. Fresh air intake button6. Air recirculation button7. A/C (air conditioner) button8. MODE (manual air flow control) button9. (fan speed control) buttons10. ON-OFF button11. (rear window defroster) buttonWARNING●The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.●Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.●Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.LHA2244HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped)Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 188 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012AUTOMATIC OPERATIONCooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)This mode may be used all year round as thesystem automatically works to keep a constanttemperature. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.1. Press the AUTO button on. (The indicator onthe button will illuminate and AUTO will bedisplayed.)2. Turn the temperature control dial to the leftor right to set the desired temperature.●Adjust the temperature display to about75°F (24°C) for normal operation.●The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.●A visible mist may be seen coming from thevents in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.3. You can individually set driver’s and frontpassenger’s side temperature using eachtemperature control dial. When the DUALbutton or passenger’s side temperature dialis turned, the DUAL indicator will come on.To turn off the passenger’s side temperaturecontrol, press the DUAL button.Heating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. When youneed to heat only, use this mode.1. Press the A/C button. (A/C OFF will bedisplayed and A/C indicator will turn off.)2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.●The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.●Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature or the system maynot work properly.●Not recommended if windows fog up.Dehumidified defrosting or defogging1. Press the front defroster button on.(The indicator light on the button will comeon.)2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.●To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, use the fan speed control dial toset the fan speed to maximum.●As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, press the AUTO button to return tothe automatic mode.●When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside temperaturesabove 36°F (2°C) (The indicator light may ormay not illuminate). The air recirculate modeautomatically turns off, allowing outside airto be drawn into the passenger compart-ment to further improve the defogging per-formance.MANUAL OPERATIONFan speed controlPress the fan control buttons to manuallycontrol the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.Air recirculationPush the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the button will come on.4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 189 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The air recirculation cannot be activated whenthe air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode or the front defrosting and foot out-let mode.Fresh air intakePress the fresh air intake button to drawoutside air into the passenger compartment.The indicator light on the button will comeon.Automatic intake air controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will be con-trolled automatically. To manually control the in-take air, press the air recirculation button.To return to the automatic control mode, pressand hold the air recirculation button orpress and hold the fresh air intake buttonfor about 2 seconds. The indicator lights (both airrecirculation and fresh air intake buttons) willflash twice, and then the intake air will be con-trolled automatically.Air flow controlPressing the MODE button manually controls airflow and selects the air outlet:— Air flows from center and sidevents.— Air flows from center and side ventsand foot outlets.— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.— Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.— Air flows from defroster outlets.To turn system offPress the OFF button.Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switchFor more information about the rear window andoutside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch,see “Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.OPERATING TIPS●When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this isnot a malfunction. After the coolant tempera-ture warms up, air flow from the foot outletswill operate normally.The sunload sensor, located on the top driver’sside of the instrument panel, helps the systemmaintain a constant temperature. Do not put any-thing on or around this sensor.LHA1136Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 190 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm the earth’sozone layer.Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantswill cause severe damage to your air conditionersystem. See “Air conditioner system refrigerantand oil recommendations” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ-mentally friendly” air conditioning system.WARNINGThe air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with proper equipment.RADIOWith the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi-tion, press the PWR (power)/VOL (volume) knobto turn the radio on. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the ignition should beplaced in the ACC position.Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-ences. Intermittent changes in reception qualitynormally are caused by these external influences.Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.Radio receptionYour NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-dio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance the qual-ity of that reception.However, there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in a given re-ception area and do not indicate any malfunctionin your NISSAN radio system.Reception conditions will constantly change be-cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from other ve-hicles can work against ideal reception. De-scribed below are some of the factors that canaffect your radio reception.Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing the de-vice in a different location may reduce or elimi-nate the noise.FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mi(40 – 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FMhaving slightly more range than stereo FM. Exter-nal influences may sometimes interfere with FMstation reception even if the FM station is within25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal isdirectly related to the distance between thetransmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same char-acteristics as light. For example, they will reflectoff objects.Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 191 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position(usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter), static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control to reduce treble response.Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflectedsignals reach the receiver at the same time. Thesignals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-mentary flutter or loss of sound.AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics, AM signals are also sub-ject to interference as they travel from transmitterto receiver.Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if soequipped)When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not a mal-function. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteradio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal orlarge building for satellite radio to receive all ofthe necessary data.No satellite radio reception is available and “NOSAT” is displayed when the SAT band option isselected unless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and a SiriusXM SatelliteRadio service subscription is active. Satellite ra-dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.Satellite radio performance may be affected ifcargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radiosignal.If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteantenna.A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna canaffect satellite radio performance. Remove theice to restore satellite radio reception. AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSLHA0099Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 192 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Compact disc (CD) playerCAUTION●Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD player.●Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDplayer.●Only one CD can be loaded into the CDplayer at a time.●Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.●During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.●The player may skip while driving onrough roads.●The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment tempera-ture is extremely high or low.Decrease/increase the temperaturebefore use.●Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.●CDs that are in poor condition or aredirty, scratched or covered with finger-prints may not work properly.●The following CDs may not work prop-erly:●Copy control compact discs (CCCD)●Recordable compact discs (CD-R)●Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)●Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion:●3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter●CDs that are not round●CDs with a paper label●CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges●This audio system can only play pre-recorded CDs. It has no capability torecord or burn CDs.●If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.CHECK DISC:●Confirm that the CD is inserted cor-rectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).●Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.PRESS EJECT:This is an error due to excessive tem-perature inside the player. Remove theCD by pressing the EJECT button. Aftera short time, reinsert the CD. The CDcan be played when the temperature ofthe player returns to normal.UNPLAYABLE:The file is unplayable in this audio sys-tem (only MP3 or WMA (if so equipped)CD).4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 193 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Compact disc with MP3 or WMA (ifso equipped)Terms:●MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well-known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track from CD-ROM can reduce thefile size by approximately a 10:1 ratio withvirtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3compression removes the redundant andirrelevant parts of a sound signal that thehuman ear doesn’t hear.●WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.●Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.●Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.●Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once is calleda multisession.●ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, encoding bitrate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag infor-mation is displayed on the Artist/song titleline on the display.* WindowsTand Windows MediaTare regis-tered trademarks and trademarks in the UnitedStates of America and other countries of Micro-soft Corporation of the USA.Playback order chartWHA1078Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 194 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Playback order:Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMAfiles is as illustrated.●The names of folders not containing MP3 orWMA files are not shown in the display.●If there is a file in the top level of the disc,“Root Folder” is displayed.●The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software.Therefore, the files might not play in thedesired order.4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 195 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Specification chart:Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RWSupported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.Supportedversions*1MP3Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHzBit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBRWMA Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHzBit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBRTag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Text character number limitation 128 charactersDisplayable character codes*2 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05:UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 196 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Troubleshooting guide:Symptom Cause and CountermeasureCannot playCheck if the disc was inserted correctly.Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.Files with extensions other than “.MP3”,“.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters forfolder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.Check if the disc is protected by copyright.Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.Bit rate may be too low.It takes a relatively long timebefore the music startsplaying.If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match thespecifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.Skipping with high bit ratefilesSkipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.Moves immediately to thenext song when playingWhen a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3”or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, therewill be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.Songs do not play back inthe desired orderThe playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.4-36 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 197 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Universal Serial Bus (USB) memory (ifso equipped)This system supports various USB memorysticks, USB hard drives and iPodTplayers. Thereare some USB devices which may not be sup-ported with this system.●Make sure that the USB device is connectedcorrectly into the USB connector.●Do not force the memory stick or USB cableinto the USB connector.●During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the USB memory stick anddehumidify or ventilate the player com-pletely.●The player sometimes cannot function whenthe passenger compartment temperature isextremely high. Decrease the temperaturebefore use.●Do not leave the USB memory in a placeprone to static electricity or where the airconditioner blows directly. The data in theUSB memory may be damaged.●Prepare the USB device by yourself be-cause it is not equipped with the vehicle.●The USB device cannot be formatted withthis system. If you want to format the USBmemory, use your personal computer.●Partitioned USB devices may not be playedcorrectly.●Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle center screen.NISSAN recommends using English lan-guage characters with USB devices.●Do not connect the USB device if the con-nector or cable is wet. Allow the cableand/or connectors to dry completely beforeconnecting the USB device.●Large video podcast files cause slow re-sponses in the iPodT. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but it willsoon recover.●If the iPodTautomatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarilyblack out, but it will soon recover.●Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on the iPodT.●The iPodTnano (1st Generation) may re-main in fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPodT.●The iPodTnano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon-nected during a seek operation.●An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPodTnano (2nd generation).●If you are using an iPodT(3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use very longnames for the song title, album name or artistname to avoid the iPodTresetting itself.iPodTis a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.BluetoothTstreaming audio●Some BluetoothTaudio devices may not berecognized by the in-vehicle audio system.●It is necessary to set up the wireless con-nection between a compatible BluetoothTaudio device and the in-vehicle BluetoothTmodule before using the BluetoothTaudio.●Operating procedure of the BluetoothTau-dio will vary depending on the devices. Makesure how to operate your audio device be-fore using it with this system.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 198 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●The BluetoothTaudio may be stopped underthe following conditions:●Receiving a call on the Hands-FreePhone System.●Checking the connection to the hands-free phone.●Do not place the BluetoothTaudio device inan area surrounded by metal or far away fromthe in-vehicle BluetoothTmodule to preventtone quality degradation and wireless con-nection disruption.●While an audio device is connected throughthe BluetoothTwireless connection, the bat-tery power of the device may dischargequicker than usual.●This system supports the BluetoothTAudioDistribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).BLUETOOTHtis atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed toVisteon.1. CD eject button2. CD insert slot3. SCAN button4. DISP button5. RPT/RDM button6. TUNE/FOLDER knob / MENU button7. AUX IN jack8. AUX button9. CD button10. AM button11. FM buttonLHA22414-38 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 199 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201212. VOL (volume) control knob / power but-ton13. Station select (1 - 6) buttons14. TRACK button15. SEEK buttonFM/AM RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (if so equipped)For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” in this section.Audio main operationVOL (volume) control knob / power but-tonPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, then press the VOL (volume) controlknob / power button. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, place the ignition in theACC position. The mode (radio or CD) that wasplaying immediately before the system wasturned off resumes playing.When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.Pressing the VOL (volume) control knob / powerbutton again turns the system off.Turn the VOL (volume) control knob / powerbutton to the right to increase volume or to the leftto decrease volume.MENU button (Bass, Treble, Balance,Fade, Speed Sensitive Volume andClock):Press the MENU button to change the mode asfollows:Bass →Treble →Balance →Fade →Spd. Sen.Vol. (Speed Sensitive Volume) →AUX IN Volume→Clock →Clock AdjustTo adjust the Bass, Treble, Fade and Balance,press the MENU button until the desired modeappears in the display. Press the SEEK orTRACK button to adjust the setting to thedesired level (-5 to +5). Balance adjusts thesound between the right and left speakers. Fadeadjusts the sound between the front and rearspeakers.Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, press the MENU button repeatedlyuntil the radio or CD display reappears. Other-wise, the radio or CD display will automaticallyreappear after about 10 seconds.Speed Sensitive Volume (SSV) adjusts the vol-ume of the audio system as the vehicle’s drivingspeed changes. It can be set as follows:OFF →LOW →MID →HIGHDISP (display) button:Press the DISP (display) button while a CD isplaying to change the text shown in the audiodisplay as follows:For CDs:Running Time →Album Title: →Artist Name: →Song TitleFor MP3 CDs:Running Time →Folder Title: →Album Title: →Artist Name: →Song Title:If the text information is too long to fully be dis-played on the screen; press and hold the DISPbutton for longer than 1.5 seconds to scrollthrough the rest of the text.Press the DISP (display) button while the radio isplaying to toggle the audio display between sta-tion number and RDS.Clock operationTo turn the clock display on or off, press theMENU button repeatedly until “Clock” appearson the display. Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob totoggle the setting (ON or OFF).Clock set1. Press the MENU button repeatedly until“Adjust Clock” appears on the display.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 200 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Press the ENTER button.3. “Change Hour” will appear on the screen.Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust thehours and then press ENTER.4. “Change Minute” will appear on the screen.Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust theminutes and then press ENTER.The display will return to the regular clock displayafter 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per-formed.FM/AM radio operationAM and FM buttons:Press the AM button to change the band to AM.If another audio source is playing when the AMbutton is pressed, the audio source playing willautomatically be turned off and the last radiostation played will begin playing.Press the FM button to change the band asfollows:FM1 →FM2 →FM1If another audio source is playing when the FMbutton is pressed, the audio source playing willautomatically be turned off and the last radiostation played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (ST) illuminates duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcastsignal is weak, the radio automatically changesfrom stereo to monaural reception.SEEK and TRACK (tuning)buttons:Press the SEEK button to tune from low tohigh frequencies and stop at the next broadcast-ing station.Press the TRACK button to tune from highto low frequencies and stop at the next broad-casting station.Press and hold either button to seek at a fasterspeed.SCAN (tuning) button:Press the SCAN button. SCAN illuminates in thedisplay window. Scan tuning begins from low tohigh frequencies. Scan tuning stops for 5 sec-onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi-cient signal strength. When scanning, SCANblinks in the display. Pressing the SCAN buttonagain during this 5 second period stops scantuning and the radio remains tuned to that station.1 to 6 Station memory operations:Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 forFM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set forthe AM band.1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the AM or FM button.2. Tune to the desired station using manual,SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold anyof the desired station memory buttons (1 –6) until a beep sound is heard.3. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Programming is nowcomplete.4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-ner.If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.Compact disc (CD) player operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and carefully insert the compact discinto the slot with the label side up. The compactdisc is automatically pulled into the slot and startsto play.If the radio is already operating, it automaticallyturns off and the compact disc begins to play.4-40 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 201 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CD button:When the CD button is pressed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turnsoff and the last used compact disc starts to play.SEEK and TRACK (FastForward, Rewind)buttons:When the SEEK button or TRACKbutton is pressed while the compact disc is play-ing, the compact disc plays at an increasedspeed while fast forwarding or rewinding. Whenthe button is released, the compact disc returnsto normal play speed.SEEK and TRACKbuttons:When the SEEK button is pressed whilethe compact disc is playing, the next track follow-ing the present one starts to play from the begin-ning. Press the SEEK button several timesto skip several tracks. Each time the button ispressed, the CD advances one additional track.The track number appears in the display window.(When the last track on the compact disc isskipped, the first track is played.)When the TRACK button is pressed, thetrack being played returns to the beginning.Press the TRACK button several times toskip back several tracks. Each time the button ispressed the CD moves back one track.RPT/RDM button:Press the RPT/RDM button while a compact discis playing to change the play pattern as follows:CD:TRACK REPEAT →DISC RANDOM →DISCREPEATMP3/WMA CD:FOLDER REPEAT →TRACK REPEAT →DISCRANDOM →FOLDER RANDOM →DISC RE-PEATTRACK REPEAT: The track that is currently play-ing will be repeated.DISC RANDOM: The order of the tracks on thedisc will be mixed during play.DISC REPEAT: The disc currently playing will berepeated.FOLDER REPEAT: The tracks in the currentfolder will be repeated.FOLDER RANDOM: The order of the tracks inthe folder will be mixed during play.SCAN (CDs) button:Press the SCAN button for less than 1.5 secondsto scan all tracks of the current disc for 10seconds per track. The SCAN icon is flashedduring scan mode.The scan mode is canceled once it scans throughall tracks on the disc, or if the SCAN button ispressed during scan mode.CD EJECT:When the button is pressed with a com-pact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.When the button is pressed while thecompact disc is playing, the compact disc willeject and the system will turn off.AUX (Auxiliary) button:The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player. TheAUX IN audio input jack accepts any standardanalog audio input such as from a portable cas-sette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop com-puters.Press the AUX button to play a compatible devicewhen it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 202 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Press the MENU button repeatedly until “AUX INVolume” appears on the screen to control theincoming volume level of the auxiliary input de-vice. Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust thelevel between 0 and +3.Additional featuresFor more information about the BluetoothTaudiointerface available with this system, see“BluetoothTstreaming audio without NavigationSystem (Type A)” in this section.1. CD eject button2. XM button*3. Display screen4. CD insert slot5. SEEK button6. SCAN button7. CAT button8. BACK button9. iPod MENU button10.TUNE/SCROLL knob, ENTER/SETTINGbutton11.AUX IN jackLHA22424-42 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 203 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201212.Station select (1 - 6) buttons13.RDM button14.RPT button15.VOL (volume) knob / ON-OFF button16.DISP button17.CD•AUX button18.FM•AM button*No satellite radio reception is availablewhen the XM button is pressed to accesssatellite radio stations unless optionalsatellite receiver and antenna are installedand an SiriusXM Satellite Radio servicesubscription is active. Satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITHCOMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (TypeA) (if so equipped)For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” in this section.Audio main operationVOL (volume) knob / ON-OFF button:Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and press the VOL (volume) knob /ON-OFF button while the system is off to call upthe mode that was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off.To turn the system off, press the VOL (volume)knob / ON-OFF button.Turn the VOL (volume) knob / ON-OFF button toadjust the volume.SETTING button:Press the SETTING button to show the Settingsscreen on the display. Turn the TUNE/SCROLLknob to navigate the options and then press theENTER button to make a selection.Bass, Treble, Balance and FadeIncrease or decrease the level of bass, treble,balance or fade. Balance controls the level ofsound between the left and right speakers. Fadecontrols the level of sound between the front andrear speakers.LHA2257Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 204 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Speed Sens Vol. (Speed Sensitive Volume)Speed Sensitive Volume adjusts the volume ofthe audio system as the vehicle’s driving speedchanges. The feature can be turned off or set to alevel of 1 to 5. Level 5 represents the highestdegree of volume adjustment.AUX Vol.Choose a setting from 0 to +3 to control theboost of the incoming auxiliary device volume. Asetting of 0 provides no additional boost in vol-ume. A setting of +3 provides the greatest boostin volume.Brightness and ContrastAdjust the brightness or contrast to adjust theappearance of the display screen.Clock AdjustPress the ENTER button to highlight the hours orminutes and then use the TUNE/SCROLL knobto adjust the value. Press the ENTER buttonagain to set the value.On-Screen ClockSelect “ON” or “OFF” to control whether or notthe clock is shown in the upper right corner of thedisplay screen.RDS DisplaySelect “ON” or “OFF” to control whether or notRDS information is displayed on the screen whilethe radio is playing.Language SelectSelect the desired language for the system. Eng-lish, Spanish and French are the available lan-guages.LHA2258 LHA22594-44 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 205 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012iPodTMENU buttonThis button can only be used for iPodTopera-tions. See “iPodTplayer operation without Navi-gation System” later in this section for detailsabout the function of this button.FM/AM/SAT radio operationFM·AM button:Press the FM·AM button to change the band asfollows:AM →FM1 →FM2 →AMIf another audio source is playing when theFM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and the lastradio station played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shown onthe screen during FM stereo reception. When thestereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto-matically changes from stereo to monaural re-ception.XM band select:Press the XM button to change the band asfollows:XM1* →XM2* →XM3* →XM1 (satellite, if soequipped)When the XM button is pressed while the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio willcome on at the station last played.The last station played will also come on whenthe VOL/ON·OFF control knob is pressed ON.*When the XM button is pressed, the satelliteradio reception will not be available unless anoptional satellite receiver and antenna are in-stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio servicesubscription is active. Satellite radio is not avail-able in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.If a compact disc is playing when the XM buttonis pressed, the compact disc will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.TUNE/SCROLL knob (Tuning):Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left or rightfor manual tuning.SEEK tuning:Press the SEEK•CAT button or totune from low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.SCAN tuning:Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. SCAN will appearon the screen while the radio is scan tuning.Pressing the button again during this 5 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station. If the SCAN button isnot pressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuningmoves to the next station.1 to 6 Station memory operations:Six stations can be set for the AM band. Twelvestations can be set for the FM band (6 for FM1, 6for FM2). Eighteen channels can be set for thesatellite radio (6 for XM1, 6 for XM2, 6 for XM3).1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the FM·AM select button, or choosethe satellite band XM1, XM2 or XM3 usingthe XM button.2. Tune to the desired station using manual,SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold anyof the desired station memory buttons (1 –6) until the preset number is updated on thedisplay and the sound is briefly muted.3. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Programming is nowcomplete.4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-ner.If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 206 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Compact disc (CD) player operationIf the radio is already operating, it automaticallyturns off and the compact disc begins to play.CD·AUX button:With a CD loaded, press the CD·AUX button untilthe CD mode is displayed on the screen.CD/MP3 display mode:While listening to an MP3/WMA CD, certain textmay be displayed on the screen if the CD hasbeen encoded with text information. Dependingon how the MP3/WMA CD is encoded, informa-tion such as Artist, Song and Folder will be dis-played.The track number and the total number of tracksin the current folder or on the current disc aredisplayed on the screen as well.SEEK/CAT (Reverse orFast Forward) button:Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttonor for 1.5 seconds while the compact discis playing to reverse or fast forward the trackbeing played. The compact disc plays at an in-creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding.When the button is released, the compact discreturns to normal play speed.SEEK/CAT button:Press the SEEK/CAT button while a CD orMP3/WMA CD is playing to return to the begin-ning of the current track. Press the SEEK/CATbutton several times to skip backward sev-eral tracks.Press the SEEK/CAT button while a CD orMP3/WMA CD is playing to advance one track.Press the SEEK/CAT button several timesto skip forward several tracks. If the last track ona CD is skipped, the first track on the disc isplayed. If the last track in a folder of anMP3/WMA CD is skipped, the first track of thenext folder is played.TUNE/SCROLL knob (MP3/WMA CDonly):If an MP3/WMA CD with multiple folders is play-ing, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to changefolders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back afolder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead afolder.RPT button:When the RPT button is pressed while a com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:CD:1 Track Repeat ←→ OFFCD with MP3 or WMA:1 Folder Repeat →1 Track Repeat →OFF1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-peated.1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-peated.OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-cator on the display will turn off.The current play pattern of the CD is displayed onthe screen unless no pattern is applied.RDM button:When the RDM button is pressed while a com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:CD:1 Disc Random ←→ OFF4-46 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 207 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CD with MP3 or WMA:1 Disc Random →1 Folder Random →OFF1 Disc Random: all tracks on the disc will beplayed randomly.1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folderwill be played randomly.OFF: No random play pattern is applied. Theindicator on the display will turn off.The current play pattern of the CD is displayed onthe screen unless no pattern is applied.CD•AUX button:The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player. TheAUX IN audio input jack accepts any standardanalog audio input such as from a portable cas-sette tape/CD player, MP3 player or a laptopcomputer.Press the CD•AUX button to play a compatibledevice plugged into the AUX IN jack. TheCD•AUX button is also used to switch the audiosystem to a source plugged into the USB inputjack in the center console. When a device isplugged into the AUX IN jack while another de-vice is plugged into the USB input jack, theCD•AUX button is used to toggle between thetwo functions.For more information about the USB input jack,see “USB interface (models without NavigationSystem)” in this section.EJECT button:When the button is pressed with a com-pact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject andthe last source will be played.When the button is pressed twice with acompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected further for easier CD removal. If the discis not removed within 20 seconds, the disc willreload.Additional featuresFor more information about the iPodTplayeravailable with this system, see “iPodTplayer op-eration without Navigation System” in this sec-tion.For more information about the USB interfaceavailable with this system, see “USB interface(models without Navigation System)” in this sec-tion.For more information about the BluetoothTaudiointerface available with this system, see“BluetoothTstreaming audio without NavigationSystem (Type B)” in this section.For more information about the PandoraTaudiofeature available with this system, see “PandoraTaudio” in this section.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 208 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. VOL (volume) / PWR (power) button2. CD eject button3. CD insert slot4. TUNE/SCROLL knob, ENTER/AUDIObutton5. BACK button6. MENU button7. AUX IN jack8. Display screen9. AUX button10. Forward seek button11. Backward seek button12.CD button13.FM-AM button14.XM button*No satellite radio reception is availablewhen the XM button is pressed to accesssatellite radio stations unless optionalsatellite receiver and antenna are installedand an SiriusXM Satellite Radio servicesubscription is active. Satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITHCOMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (TypeB) (if so equipped)For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” in this section.Audio main operationVOL (volume) / PWR (power) button:Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and press the PWR (power) buttonwhile the system is off to call up the mode (radio,CD, AUX, BluetoothTaudio USB or iPodT) thatwas playing immediately before the system wasturned off.Type BLHA22404-48 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 209 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To turn the system off, press the PWR (power)button.Turn the VOL (volume) control knob to adjust thevolume.This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen-sitive Volume. When this feature is active, theaudio volume changes as the driving speedchanges.Audio settings:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “Audio” key.Use the touchscreen to adjust the following itemsto the desired setting:Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade:Controls the sound of the audio system. Balanceadjusts the sound between the left and rightspeakers. Fade adjusts the sound between thefront and rear speakers.Speed Sensitive Vol.:Controls the level to which the volume is adjustedas the vehicle’s driving speed changes. Choose asetting or choose “0” to disable the feature en-tirely.AUX Volume Level:Controls the volume level of incoming soundwhen an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. Available options are Low, Medium andHigh.LHA2261 LHA2262Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 210 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012XM settings:To view the XM settings:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “XM” key.The signal strength, activation status and otherinformation are displayed on the screen.FM/AM/SAT radio operationFM·AM button:Press the FM·AM button to change the band asfollows:AM →FM1 →FM2 →AMIf another audio source is playing when theFM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and the lastradio station played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (ST) is shown on thescreen during FM stereo reception. When thestereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto-matically changes from stereo to monaural re-ception.XM band select:Pressing the XM button will change the band asfollows:XM1* →XM2* →XM3* →XM1* (satellite, if soequipped)When the XM button is pressed while the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio willcome on at the last station played.The last station played will also come on whenthe VOL/ON-OFF control knob is pressed to turnthe radio on.*When the XM button is pressed, the satelliteradio mode will be skipped unless an optionalsatellite receiver and antenna are installed and aSiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription isactive. Satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.If a compact disc is playing when the XM buttonis pressed, the compact disc will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.LHA23034-50 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 211 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012While the radio is in XM mode, the operation canbe controlled through the touchscreen. Touchthe “Channels” key to display a list of channels.Touch a channel displayed on the list to changeto that channel. Touch the “Categories” key todisplay a list of categories. Touch a categorydisplayed on the list to display options within thatcategory.Tuning with the touchscreen:When in AM or FM mode, the radio can be tunedusing the touchscreen. To bring up the visualtuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lower rightcorner of the screen. A screen appears with a barrunning from low frequencies on the left to highfrequencies on the right. Touch the screen at thelocation of the frequency you wish to tune and thestation will change to that frequency. To return tothe regular radio display screen, touch the “OK”key.Tuning with the TUNE/SCROLL knob:The radio can also be manually tuned using theTUNE/SCROLL knob. When in FM or AM mode,turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left for lowerfrequencies or to the right for higher frequencies.When in XM mode, turn the TUNE/SCROLLknob to change the channel.SEEK tuning:When in FM or AM mode, press the seekbuttons or to tune from low to highor high to low frequencies and to stop at the nextbroadcasting station.When in XM mode, press the seek buttonsor to change the category.LHA1492 LHA1489Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 212 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121 to 6 Station memory operations:Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 forFM1, 6 for FM2) and six stations can be set forthe AM band. Eighteen stations can be set for theXM band (6 for XM1, 6 for XM2, 6 for XM3).1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the FM·AM select button or choosethe radio band XM1, XM2 or XM3 using theXM button.2. Tune to the desired station using manual orseek tuning. Press and hold any of the de-sired station memory buttons (1 – 6) until abeep sound is heard.3. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Programming is nowcomplete.4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-ner.If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.Presets can also be selected by touching thedesired preset number on the screen.Compact disc (CD) player operationIf the radio is already operating, it automaticallyturns off and the compact disc begins to play.CD button:When the CD button is pressed with the systemoff and the compact disc loaded, the system willturn on and the compact disc will start to play.When the CD button is pressed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the compact discwill start to play.CD/MP3 display modeWhile listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,certain text may be displayed (when a CD en-coded with text is being used). Depending onhow the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, thetext is displayed listing the artist, album and songtitle.There are other keys displayed on the screenwhen a CD is playing:LHA2263 LHA14884-52 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 213 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Random:Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the CD. When the random mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, touch-ing “Random” alternates between randomly play-ing songs within the current folder and songsfrom the CD as a whole. The icon is dis-played to the left of the song title or folder nameto denote which pattern is applied. To cancelRandom mode, touch the “Random” key untilno icon is displayed.Repeat:Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the CD. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, touch-ing “Repeat” alternates between repeating thecurrent song and repeating the current folder.The icon is displayed to the left of the songtitle or folder name to denote which pattern isapplied. To cancel Repeat mode, touch the “Re-peat” key until no icon is displayed.Browse:Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles onthe CD in list format. Touch the title of a song inthe list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CD isplaying, touching the “Browse” key will also listthe folders on the disc. Follow the procedure forselecting a song with the touchscreen to choosea folder.SEEK (Reverse or FastForward) buttons:Press and hold the seek buttons orfor 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is playingto reverse or fast forward the track being played.The compact disc plays at an increased speedwhile reversing or fast forwarding. When the but-ton is released, the compact disc returns to nor-mal play speed.SEEK buttons:Press the seek button while a CD orMP3/WMA CD is playing to return to the begin-ning of the current track. Press the seekbutton several times to skip backward sev-eral tracks.Press the seek button while a CD orMP3/WMA CD is playing to advance one track.Press the seek button several times to skipforward several tracks. If the last track on a CD isskipped, the first track on the disc is played. If thelast track in a folder of an MP3/WMA CD isskipped, the first track of the next folder is played.LHA1490 LHA1491Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 214 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012AUX button:The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan-dard analog audio input such as from a portablecassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or a laptopcomputer. Press the AUX button to play a com-patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack.EJECT button:When the button is pressed with a com-pact disc loaded, the compact disc will eject andthe last source will be played.When the button is pressed twice with acompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected further for easier CD removal. If the discis not removed within 10 seconds, the disc willreload.Additional featuresFor more information about the iPodTplayeravailable with this system, see “iPodTplayer op-eration with Navigation System” in this section.For more information about the USB interfaceavailable with this system, see “USB interface(models with Navigation System)” in this section.For more information about the BluetoothTaudiointerface available with this system, see“BluetoothTstreaming audio with NavigationSystem” in this section.For more information about the PandoraTaudiofeature available with this system, see “PandoraTaudio” in this section.USB INTERFACE (models withoutNavigation System) (if so equipped)Connecting a device to the USB inputjackThe USB input jack is located on the centerconsole beneath the heater and air conditionercontrols. Insert the USB device into the jack.When a compatible storage device is pluggedinto the jack, compatible audio files on the stor-age device can be played through the vehicle’saudio system.LHA1493 LHA22644-54 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 215 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Audio file operationCD•AUX button:Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACCposition and press the CD•AUX button to switchto the USB input mode. If a CD is playing oranother audio source is plugged in through theAUX IN jack on the radio, the CD•AUX buttontoggles between the three sources.Play informationInformation about the audio files being playedcan be displayed on the display screen of thevehicle’s audio system. Depending on how theaudio files are encoded, information such asFolder, Song and Artist will be displayed.The track number and number of total tracks inthe folder are displayed on the screen as well.SEEK/CAT (Reverse orFast Forward) buttons:Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttonsor for 1.5 seconds while an audio file onthe USB device is playing to reverse or fastforward the track being played. The track plays atan increased speed while reversing or fast for-warding. When the button is released, the audiofile returns to normal play speed.SEEK/CAT buttons:Press the SEEK/CAT button while an au-dio file on the USB device is playing to return tothe beginning of the current track. Press theSEEK/CAT button several times to skipbackward several tracks.Press the SEEK/CAT button while an au-dio file on the USB device is playing to advanceone track. Press the SEEK/CAT buttonseveral times to skip forward several tracks. If thelast track in a folder on the USB device isskipped, the first track of the next folder is played.RDM button:When the RDM button is pressed while an audiofile on the USB device is playing, the play patterncan be changed as follows:All Random →1 Folder Random →OFFAll Random: all tracks on the USB device will beplayed randomly.1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folderwill be played randomly.OFF: No random play pattern is applied. Theindicator on the display will turn off.The current play pattern of the USB device isdisplayed on the screen unless no pattern isapplied.RPT button:When the RPT button is pressed while an audiofile on the USB device is playing, the play patterncan be changed as follows:1 Folder Repeat →1 Track Repeat →OFF1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-peated.1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-peated.OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-cator on the display will turn off.The current play pattern of the USB device isdisplayed on the screen unless no pattern isapplied.TUNE/SCROLL knob:If there are multiple folders with audio files on theUSB device, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob tochange folders. Turn the knob to the left to skipback a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skipahead a folder. If there is only one folder of audiofiles on the USB device, turning theTUNE/SCROLL knob in either direction will re-turn to the first track on the USB device.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 216 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012USB INTERFACE (models withNavigation System)Connecting a device to the USB inputjackThe USB input jack is located on the centerconsole beneath the heater and air conditionercontrols. Insert the USB device into the jack.When a compatible storage device is pluggedinto the jack, compatible audio files on the stor-age device can be played through the vehicle’saudio system.Audio file operationAUX button:Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACCposition and press the AUX button to switch tothe USB input mode. If another audio source isplaying and a USB memory device is inserted,press the AUX button repeatedly until the centerdisplay changes to the USB memory mode.If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, push the ON-OFF/VOLcontrol knob to restart the USB memory.Play information:Information about the audio files being played isshown on the display screen of the vehicle’saudio system. Touch “Browse” to display the listof folders and files on the USB device. Touch thename of a song on the screen to begin playingthat song.Seeking buttons:Press the button while an audio file on theUSB device is playing to return to the beginningof the current track. Press the button sev-eral times to skip backward several tracks.LHA2264 LHA14964-56 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 217 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Press the button while an audio file on theUSB device is playing to advance one track.Press the button several times to skip for-ward several tracks. If the last track in a folder onthe USB device is skipped, the first track of thenext folder is played.Random and repeat play mode:While files on a USB device are playing, the playpattern can be altered so that songs are repeatedor played randomly.Random:Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the USB device. When the randommode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich random pattern is applied. To cancel Ran-dom mode, touch the “Random” key untilno icon is displayed.Repeat:Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the USB device. When the repeatmode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich repeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeatmode, touch the “Repeat” key until no iconis displayed.iPodT* PLAYER OPERATIONWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (ifso equipped)Connecting iPodTTo connect an iPodTto the vehicle so that theiPodTcan be controlled with the audio systemcontrols and display screen, use the USB jacklocated on the center console below the heaterand air conditioner controls. Connect the iPodT-specific end of the cable to the iPodTand theUSB end of the cable to the USB jack on thevehicle. If your iPodTsupports charging via aUSB connection, its battery will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position.While connected to the vehicle, the iPodTcanonly be operated by the vehicle audio controls.To disconnect the iPodTfrom the vehicle, removethe USB end of the cable from the USB jack onthe vehicle, then remove the cable from theiPodT.* iPodTis a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.CompatibilityThe following models are compatible:●iPodT5th Generation (firmware version 1.3or later)●iPodTClassic (80GB) (firmware version1.1.2PC or later)●iPodTClassic (120GB) (firmware version2.0.1PC or later)●iPodTNano - 1st generation (firmware ver-sion 1.3.1 or later)●iPodTNano - 2nd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3 or later)●iPodTNano - 3rd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3PC or later)LHA2264Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 218 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●iPodTNano - 4th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.0PC or later)●iPodTNano - 5th generation (8GB) (firm-ware version 1.0.2PC or later)●iPodTNano - 5th generation (16GB) (firm-ware version 1.0.1PC or later)●iPodTNano - 6th generation (8GB) (firm-ware version 1.2PC or later)●iPodTNano - 6th generation (8GB) (firm-ware version 1.1PC or later)●iPodTTouch - 1st generation (firmware ver-sion 2.2.1 or later)●iPodTTouch - 2nd generation (firmware ver-sion 2.2.1 or later)●iPodTTouch - 3rd generation (firmware ver-sion 3.1.3 or later)●iPodTTouch - 4th generation (firmware ver-sion 4.3.5 or later)●iPhoneT3G (firmware version 4.1 or later)●iPhoneT3GS (firmware version 4.3 or later)●iPhoneT4 (firmware version 5.0 or later)●iPhoneT4S (firmware version 5.1 or later)●iPadT(firmware version 4.3.2 or later)●iPadT2 (firmware version 4.3.3 or later)Make sure that your iPodTfirmware is updated tothe version indicated above.Audio main operation:Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, press the CD·AUX or iPodTMENU button repeatedly to switch to the iPodTmode.If the audio system is turned off while the iPodTisplaying, the iPodTplays when the audio system isturned back on.If the audio system is off, pressing the CD·AUX oriPodTMENU button turns the audio system onand plays the iPodT.If the audio system is on, the audio system auto-matically begins playing tracks from the iPodTwhen it is plugged into the jack.iPodTMENU button:Press the iPodTMENU button while the iPodTisconnected to show the iPodToperation menu onthe audio display. Scroll through the menu listusing the TUNE·SCROLL control dial. Press EN-TER to select a menu item. Items in the iPodTmenu appear on the display in the following or-der:●Now playing●Playlists●Artists●Albums●Songs●Podcasts●Genres●Composers●Audiobooks●Shuffle songsFor more information about each item, see theiPodTOwner’s Manual.SEEK/CAT buttons:Press the SEEK/CAT buttons or toskip backward or forward one track.Press and hold the SEEK/CAT buttonsor for 1.5 seconds while a track is playingto reverse or fast forward the track being played.The track plays at an increased speed whilereversing or fast forwarding. When the button isreleased, the track returns to normal play speed.4-58 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 219 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012REPEAT (RPT):When the RPT button is pressed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:Repeat Off →1 Track Repeat →All Repeat →Repeat Off1 Track Repeat: the current track will be repeated.All Repeat: all songs in the current list are re-peated.Repeat Off: no repeat play pattern is applied.RANDOM (RDM):When the RDM button is pressed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:Shuffle Off →Track Shuffle →Album Shuffle →Shuffle OffTrack Shuffle: the tracks in the current list will beplayed randomly.Album Shuffle: the albums in the current list willbe played randomly.Shuffle Off: no random play pattern is applied.BACK button:When the BACK button is pressed, it returns tothe previous menu.iPodT* PLAYER OPERATION WITHNAVIGATION SYSTEM (if soequipped)Connecting iPodTTo connect an iPodTto the vehicle so that theiPodTcan be controlled with the audio systemcontrols and display screen, use the USB jacklocated on the center console below the heaterand air conditioner controls. Connect the iPodT-specific end of the cable to the iPodTand theUSB end of the cable to the USB jack on thevehicle. If your iPodTsupports charging via aUSB connection, its battery will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position.While connected to the vehicle, the iPodTcanonly be operated by the vehicle audio controls.To disconnect the iPodTfrom the vehicle, removethe USB end of the cable from the USB jack onthe vehicle, then remove the cable from theiPodT.* iPodTis a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.CompatibilityThe following models are compatible:●iPodT5th Generation (firmware version1.2.3 or later)●iPodTClassic (firmware version 1.1.1 orlater)●iPodTTouch (firmware version 2.0.0 orlater)*●iPodTNano - 1st generation (firmware ver-sion 1.3.1 or later)●iPodTNano - 2nd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3 or later)●iPodTNano - 3rd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3 or later)LHA2264Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 220 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●iPodTNano - 4th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.0.4 or later)●iPodTNano - 5th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.0.1 or later)* Some features of this iPodTmay not be fullyfunctional.Make sure that your iPodTfirmware is updated tothe version indicated above.Audio main operationPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Press the AUX button repeatedly toswitch to the iPodTmode.If the system has been turned off while the iPodTwas playing, pressing the VOL/ON·OFF controlknob will start the iPodT.AUX button:When the AUX button is pressed with the systemoff and the iPodTconnected, the system will turnon. If another audio source is playing and theiPodTis connected, press the AUX button re-peatedly until the center display changes to theiPodTmode.LHA14944-60 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 221 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Interface:The interface for iPodToperation shown on thevehicle’s audio system display screen is similar tothe iPodTinterface. Use the touchscreen,BACK button or the TUNE/SCROLL knob tonavigate the menus on the screen.When the iPodTis playing, touch the “Menu” keyto bring up the iPodTinterface.Depending on the iPodTmodel, the followingitems may be available on the menu list screen.For further information about each item, see theiPodTOwner’s Manual.●Playlists●Artists●Albums●Genres●Songs●Composers●Audiobooks●PodcastsRandom and repeat play mode:While the iPodTis playing, the play pattern canbe altered so that songs are repeated or playedrandomly.Random:Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the iPodT. When the random mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or album name to denote whichrandom pattern is applied. To cancel Randommode, touch the “Random” key until noicon is displayed.Repeat:Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the iPodT. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or album name to denote whichrepeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeatmode, touch the “Repeat” key until no iconis displayed.Seek buttons:Press the seek button or to skipbackward or forward one track.Press and hold the seek button orfor 1.5 seconds while a track is playing to reverseor fast forward the track being played. The trackplays at an increased speed while reversing orfast forwarding. When the button is released, thetrack returns to normal play speed.LHA1495Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 222 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Scrolling menus:While navigating long lists of artists, albums orsongs in the music menu, it is possible to scrollthe list by the first character in the name. Toactivate character indexing, touch and hold the“A-Z” key in the upper right corner of the screen.Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to choose thenumber or letter to jump to in the list and thenpress the ENTER button.If no character is selected after two seconds, thedisplay returns to normal.BLUETOOTHTSTREAMING AUDIOWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM(Type A) (if so equipped)If you have a compatible BluetoothTaudio devicethat is capable of playing audio files, the devicecan be connected to the vehicle’s audio systemso that the audio files on the device play throughthe vehicle’s speakers.Connecting BluetoothTaudioTo connect your BluetoothTaudio device to thevehicle, follow the procedure below:1. Press the button. The system an-nounces the available commands.2. Say “Connect Phone”. The system acknowl-edges the command and announces thenext set of available commands.3. Say “Add Phone”. The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiateconnecting from the phone handset. Theconnecting procedure of the cellular phonevaries according to each cellular phonemodel. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on connecting NISSAN recommendedcellular phones.4. When prompted for a Passkey code, enter“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN andcannot be changed.Audio main operationTo switch to the BluetoothTaudio mode, pressthe AUX button repeatedly until the BluetoothTaudio mode is displayed on the screen.Use the vehicle audio controls or the BluetoothTdevice’s controls to play, pause, skip or reversetracks.BLUETOOTHTSTREAMING AUDIOWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM(Type B) (if so equipped)If you have a compatible BluetoothTaudio devicethat is capable of playing audio files, the devicecan be connected to the vehicle’s audio systemso that the audio files on the device play throughthe vehicle’s speakers.LHA22794-62 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 223 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Connecting BluetoothTaudioTo connect your BluetoothTaudio device to thevehicle, follow the procedure below:1. Press the SETTING button.2. Select the “Bluetooth” key.3. Select the “Add Telephone or Device” key.This same screen can be accessed to re-move, replace or select a differentBluetoothTdevice.4. The system acknowledges the commandand asks you to initiate connecting from thephone handset. The connecting procedureof the cellular phone varies according toeach cellular phone model. See the cellularphone Owner’s Manual for details. You canalso visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth forinstructions on connecting NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.Audio main operationTo switch to the BluetoothTaudio mode, pressthe CD•AUX button repeatedly until theBluetoothTaudio mode is displayed on thescreen.The controls for the BluetoothTaudio are dis-played on the screen. Use the Preset 3 button forplay and the Preset 4 button for pause.LHA2257 LHA2274 LHA2292Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 224 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012BLUETOOTHTSTREAMING AUDIOWITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if soequipped)If you have a compatible BluetoothTaudio devicethat is capable of playing audio files, the devicecan be connected to the vehicle’s audio systemso that the audio files on the device play throughthe vehicle’s speakers.Connecting BluetoothTaudioTo connect your BluetoothTaudio device to thevehicle, follow the procedure below:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “Phone & Bluetooth” key.LHA2253 LHA22484-64 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 225 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Select the “Connect New Device” key.5. The system acknowledges the commandand asks you to initiate connecting from thephone handset. The connecting procedureof the cellular phone varies according toeach cellular phone model. See the cellularphone Owner’s Manual for details. You canalso visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth forinstructions on connecting NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.Audio main operationTo switch to the BluetoothTaudio mode, pressthe AUX button repeatedly until the BluetoothTaudio mode is displayed on the screen.The controls for the BluetoothTaudio are dis-played on the screen.PANDORATAUDIO (United Statesonly) (if so equipped)The vehicle’s audio system is capable of playingaudio streaming through a compatible, USB-connected audio device using the PandoraTmu-sic service.Connecting a device for use withPandoraTaudioDevices capable of streaming PandoraTaudiocan be connected to the vehicle’s audio systemvia the USB input jack. The USB input jack islocated on the center console beneath the heaterand air conditioner controls. Once connected,the PandoraTcontrols will be displayed on thecontrol panel display screen.CompatibilityThe following iPhoneTmodels are compatiblewith the system:●iPhoneT3G●iPhoneT3GS●iPhoneT4●iPhoneT4SThe latest PandoraTapplication should be in-stalled on the phone.LHA2265Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 226 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Audio main operationModels without Navigation System:To switch to the PandoraTaudio mode, press theCD-AUX button repeatedly until the PandoraTaudio mode is displayed on the screen.The controls for the PandoraTaudio are dis-played on the screen. Press the audio preset 3button to pause or play the music.Press the audio preset 5 button to select “ ”(thumbs up). Press the audio preset 4 button toselect “ ” (thumbs down).NOTE:There is a limit of six skips per station perhour. If a “ ” (thumbs down) is givenafter the skip limit has been reached, thecurrent track will continue to play but thefeedback will be saved.Models with Navigation System:To switch to the PandoraTaudio mode, press theAUX button repeatedly until the PandoraTaudiomode is displayed on the screen.The controls for the PandoraTaudio are dis-played on the screen. Touch the keys on thescreen to play or pause the audio. Touch the keyto select “thumbs up” or the key to select“thumbs down”.NOTE:There is a limit of six skips per station perhour. If a “ ” (thumbs down) is givenafter the skip limit has been reached, thecurrent track will continue to play but thefeedback will be saved.Models without Navigation SystemLHA2283Models with Navigation System:LHA22694-66 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 227 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012PandoraTaudio settings (models withNavigation System only)To adjust the PandoraTaudio settings, select the“Menu” key.●Station ListSelect to display a list of available PandoraTstations.●BookmarkSelect to bookmark the current station.●Delete StationSelect to remove the current station.CD CARE AND CLEANING●Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend thedisc. Never touch the surface of the disc.●Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.●To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.●Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.●A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.LHA2270 LHA0049Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 228 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Source select and power on switch2. Menu control switch/ENTER button3. (Back) switch4. Volume control switchSTEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)POWER on switchWith the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi-tion, push the SOURCE switch to turn the audiosystem on.SOURCE select switchPush the source select switch to change themode in the following sequence:AM →FM1 →FM2 →XM1 (satellite radio, if soequipped) →XM2 (satellite radio, if so equipped)→XM3 (satellite radio, if so equipped) →CD* →USB/iPodT* (if so equipped) →BluetoothTAu-dio* →AUX* →AM.* These modes are only available when compat-ible media storage is inserted into the device orconnected to the system.Volume control switchPush the volume control switch to increase ordecrease the volume.Menu controlswitch/ENTER buttonWhile the display is showing a map or audioscreen, tilt the Menu Control switch upward ordownward to select a station, track, CD or folder.For most audio sources, tilting the switchup/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides adifferent function than a tilting up/down for lessthan 1.5 seconds.AM and FM:●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the preset station.●Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toseek up or down to the next station.●Press the ENTER button to show the list ofpreset stations.XM (if so equipped):●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the preset station.●Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds togo to the next or previous category.●Press the ENTER button to show the XMMenu.iPodT(if so equipped):●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the track number.●Press the ENTER button to show the iPodMenu.CD:●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the track number.LHA22664-68 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 229 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the folder number (ifplaying compressed audio files).●Press the ENTER button to show the CDMenu.USB (if so equipped):●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the track number.●Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the folder number.●Press the ENTER button to show the USBMenu.BluetoothTAudio (if so equipped):●Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toskip ahead or back to the next song.●Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toreverse or fast forward the current song.PandoraTAudio (if so equipped):●Tilt up for less than 1.5 seconds to input“thumbs up” for the current song.●Tilt down for less than 1.5 seconds to input“thumbs down” for the current song.●Tilt up for more than 1.5 seconds to skip tothe next song (if the maximum of six skips perstation per hour has not been exceeded).AUX:●Press the ENTER button to show the AUXMenu.ANTENNAWindow antennaThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.CAUTION●Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach any metalparts to it. This may cause poor recep-tion or noise.●When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingprecautions; otherwise, the new equipment mayadversely affect the engine control system andother electronic parts.WARNING●A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.●If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode is highlyrecommended. Exercise extreme cau-tion at all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.CAR PHONE OR CB RADIOMonitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 230 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.●Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.●Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.●Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.●For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.WARNING●Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.CAUTIONTo avoid discharging the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.BLUETOOTHTHANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (Type A) (if so equipped)4-70 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 231 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Your NISSAN is equipped with the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System. If you have a com-patible BluetoothTenabled cellular phone, youcan set up the wireless connection between yourcellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.With BluetoothTwireless technology, you canmake or receive a hands-free telephone call withyour cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position with the previously connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in the ve-hicle.NOTE:Some devices require the user to acceptconnections to other BluetoothTdevices. Ifyour phone does not connect automaticallyto the system, consult the phone’s Owner’sManual for details on device operation.You can connect up to 5 different BluetoothTcellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.Before using the BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.●Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the hands-freephone system.●Some BluetoothTenabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized or work properly.Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothfor a recommended phone list and connect-ing instructions.LHA2289Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 232 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:– Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.– Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive a cellular signal; suchas in a tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in a moun-tainous area.– Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.●When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voice dur-ing a call.●Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from thein-vehicle phone module to prevent tonequality degradation and wireless connectiondisruption.●While a cellular phone is connected throughthe BluetoothTwireless connection, the bat-tery power of the cellular phone may dis-charge quicker than usual. The BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System cannot chargecellular phones.●If the hands-free phone system seems to bemalfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide”in this section. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.●Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers. Stor-ing the device in a different location mayreduce or eliminate the noise.●Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone charges, cellularphone antenna and body, etc.REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information– CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only thesupplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions:1. This device may not cause interference and2. this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.IC Regulatory information– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.– This Class B digital apparatus meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.BLUETOOTHtis atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed to Vis-teon.USING THE SYSTEMThe NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the BluetoothTPhoneSystem.If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.4-72 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 233 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012InitializationWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized,which takes a few seconds. If the button ispressed before the initialization completes, thesystem will announce “Hands-free phone systemnot ready” and will not react to voice commands.Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the following:●Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.●Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.●Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.●Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pressand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.The command given is picked up by the micro-phone, and voice feedback is given when thecommand is accepted.●If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.●If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please try again.”Make sure the command issaid exactly as prompted by the system andrepeat the command in a clear voice.●If you want to go back to the previous com-mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc-tion” any time the system is waiting for aresponse.●You can cancel a command when the sys-tem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You canalso press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for 5 seconds at any time toend the VR session. Whenever the VR ses-sion is cancelled, a double beep is played toindicate you have exited the system.●If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, press the volume control switches(+ or -) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.●In most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypressing the button on the steeringwheel.●To use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menucommand on the main menu. For example,press the button and after the tonesay, “Call Redial.”Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 234 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012How to say numbersNISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands. Referto the following rules and examples.●Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.Example: 1-800-662-6200– “One eight oh oh six six two six two ohoh”, or– “One eight zero zero six six two six two ohoh”●Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.Example: 1-800-662-6200– “One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,– NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixtytwo hundred,” and– NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty twohundred”●Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continue en-tering digits, if desired.Example: 1-800-662-6200– “One eight zero zero”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.– “six six two”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.– “six two zero zero”●Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*” (avail-able when using the “Special Number” com-mand and the “Send” command during acall).See “List of voice commands” and “Specialnumber” in this section for more information.Example: 1-555-1212 *123– “One five five five one two one two starone two three”●Say “plus” for “+” (available only when usingthe “Special Number” command).●Say “pause” for a 2-second pause (availableonly when storing a phone book number).NOTE:For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.The voice command “Help” is available at anytime. Please use the “Help” command to getinformation on how to use the system.4-74 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 235 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CONTROL BUTTONSThe control buttons for the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.PHONE/SENDPress the button to initiatea VR session or answer an incom-ing call.You can also use the buttonto interrupt the system feedbackand give a command at once. See“List of voice commands” and“During a call” in this section formore information.PHONE/ENDWhile the Voice Recognition sys-tem is active, press and holdthe button for 5 seconds toquit the Voice Recognition systemat any time.ENTER button / tuning switchWhile using the Voice Recogni-tion system, tilt the tuning switchup or down to manually controlthe phone system. Press the EN-TER button to select an option onthe display screen.GETTING STARTEDThe following procedures will help you getstarted using the BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For ad-ditional command options, refer to “List of voicecommands” in this section.Choosing a languageYou can interact with the BluetoothTHands-FreePhone System using English, Spanish or French.To change the language, perform the following.1. Press and hold the button for morethan 5 seconds.2. The system announces: “Press thePHONE/SEND ( ) button for thehands-free phone system to enter the voiceadaptation mode or press the PHONE/END() button to select a different lan-guage.”3. Press the button.For information on voice adaptation, see“Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this sec-tion.LHA2273Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 236 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. The system announces the current languageand gives you the option to change the lan-guage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French (inFrench). To select the current language,press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button. Toselect a different language, tilt the tuningswitch ( or ) up or down.NOTE:You must press the button within 5seconds to change the language.5. If you decide not to change the language, donot press either button. After 5 seconds, theVR session will end, and the language willnot be changed.Connecting procedureNOTE:The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. If thevehicle starts moving during the procedure,the procedure will be cancelled.Main Menu“Connect phone” sA“Add phone” sBInitiate from handset sCName phone sD1. Press the button on the steeringwheel. The system announces the availablecommands.2. Say: “Connect phone” sA. The system ac-knowledges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.3. Say: “Add phone” sB. The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiateconnecting from the phone handset sC.The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone model. See the cellular phone Own-er’s Manual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on connecting NISSAN recommendedcellular phones.When prompted for a Passkey code, enter“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN andcannot be changed.4. The system asks you to say a name for thephone sD.If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.Making a call by entering a phonenumberMain Menu“Call” sA“Phone Number” sBSpeak the digits sC“Dial” sD1. Press the button on the steeringwheel. A tone will sound.2. Say: “Call” sA. The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.3. Say “Phone Number” sB. The system ac-knowledges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.4-76 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 237 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Say: “Special Number” to dial more than 10digits or any special characters.4. Say the number you wish to call starting withthe area code in single digit format sC. If thesystem has trouble recognizing the correctphone number, try entering the number inthe following groups: 3-digit area code,3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For ex-ample, 555-121-3354 can be said as “fivefive five” as the 1st group, then “one twoone” as the 2nd group, and “three three fivefour” as the 3rd group. For dialing more than10 digits or any special characters, say“Special Number”. See “How to say num-bers” in this section for more information.5. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back and an-nounces the available commands.6. Say: “Dial” sD. The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.For additional command options, see “List ofvoice commands” in this section.Receiving a callWhen you hear the ring tone, press thebutton on the steering wheel.Once the call has ended, press the buttonon the steering wheel.NOTE:If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ring tone, press the buttonon the steering wheel.For additional command options, see “List ofvoice commands” later in this section.LIST OF VOICE COMMANDSMain Menu“Call”“Phonebook”“Recent Calls”“Connect Phone”When you press and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and the com-mands in each sub-menu.Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.After the main menu, you can say “Help” to hearthe list of commands currently available any timethe system is waiting for a response.If you want to end an action without completing it,you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at any time thesystem is waiting for a response. The system willend the VR session. Whenever the VR session iscancelled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.If you want to go back to the previous command,you can say “Go back” or “Correction” any timethe system is waiting for a response.“Call”Main Menu“Call”(Speak name) sA“Phone Number”(Speak Digits) sB“Special Number” sC“Redial” sD“Call Back” sE(Speak name) sAIf you have stored entries in the phonebook, youcan dial a number associated with a name andlocation.See “Phonebook” in this section to learn how tostore entries.When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phone book entry you wish to call. The systemacknowledges the name.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 238 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If there are multiple locations associated with thename, the system asks you to choose the loca-tion.Once you have confirmed the name and location,the system begins the call.(Speak Digits) sBWhen prompted by the system, say the numberyou wish to call. Refer to “How to say numbers”and “Making a call by entering a phone number”in this section for more details.“Special Number” sCFor dialing more than 10 digits or any specialcharacters, say “Special Number”. When thesystem acknowledges the command, the systemwill prompt you to speak the number.“Redial” sDUse the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed.The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.“Call Back” sEUse the Call Back command to dial the number ofthe last incoming call within the vehicle.The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.If a call back number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”andends the VR session.During a callDuring a call there are several command optionsavailable. Press the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com-mands.●“Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.●“Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.●“Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.●“Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers, “*”or “#” duringa call. For example, if you were directed todial an extension by an automated system:Say: “Send one two three four.”The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VR ses-sion and returns to the call. Say “star” for “*”,Say “pound” for “#”.●“Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call com-mand to transfer the call from the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System to the cellularphone when privacy is desired.The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.To reconnect the call from the cellular phoneto the BluetoothTHands-Free System,press the button.●“Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.NOTE:If a call is ended or the cellular phonenetwork connection is lost while the Mutefeature is on, the Mute feature will be resetto “off” for the next call so the other partycan hear your voice.4-78 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 239 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012“Phonebook” (phones withoutautomatic phonebook downloadfunction)NOTE:The “Transfer Entry” command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.Main Menu“Phonebook”“Transfer Entry” sA“Delete Entry” sB“List Names” sCFor phones that do not support automatic down-load of the phonebook (PBAP BluetoothTpro-file), the “Phonebook”command is used to manu-ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook.The phonebook stores up to 40 names for eachphone connected to the system.NOTE:Each phone has its own separate phone-book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-book if you are currently connected withPhone B.“Transfer Entry” sAUse the Transfer Entry command to store a newname in the system.When prompted by the system, say the name youwould like to give the new entry.For example, say: “Mary.”If the name is too long or too short, the systemtells you, then prompts you for a name again.Also, if the name sounds too much like a namealready stored, the system tells you, then promptsyou for a name again.The system will ask you to transfer a phonenumber stored in the cellular phone’s memory.Enter a phone number by voice command:For example, say: “five five five one two one two.”See “How to say numbers” in this section formore information.To transfer a phone number stored in the cellularphone’s memory:Say “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate the transferfrom the phone handset. The new contact phonenumber will be transferred from the cellularphone via the BluetoothTcommunication link.The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructionson transferring phone numbers from NISSANrecommended cellular phones.The system repeats the number and prompts youfor the next command. When you have finishedentering numbers or transferring an entry, choose“Store.”The system confirms the name, location andnumber.“Delete Entry” sBUse the Delete Entry command to erase oneentry from the phonebook. After the system rec-ognizes the command, speak the name to deleteor say “List Names” to choose an entry.“List Names” sCUse the List Names command to hear all thenames in the phonebook.The system recites the phonebook entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu.You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pressing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 240 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012“Phonebook” (phones with automaticphonebook download function)NOTE:The “Transfer Entry” command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.Main Menu“Phonebook”Speak a Name“List Names” sA“Record Name” sBFor phones that support automatic download ofthe phonebook (PBAP BluetoothTprofile), the“Phonebook” command is used to manage en-tries in the vehicle phonebook. You can say thename of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing ofthat entry.The phonebook stores up to 1000 names foreach phone connected to the system.When a phone is connected to the system, thephonebook is automatically downloaded to thevehicle. This feature allows you to access yourphonebook from the BluetoothTsystem and callcontacts by name. You can record a customvoice tag for contact names that the system hasdifficulty recognizing. For more information see“Record name” in this section.NOTE:Each phone has its own separate phone-book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-book if you are currently connected withPhone B.“List Names” sAUse the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu.You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pressing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session. See the“Record name”command in this section for infor-mation about recording custom voice tags for listentries that the system has difficulty pronounc-ing.“Record Name” sBThe system allows you to record custom voicetags for contact names in the phonebook that thevehicle has difficulty recognizing. This feature canalso be used to record voice tags to directly dialan entry with multiple numbers. Up to 40 voicetags can be recorded to the system.“Recent Calls”Main Menu“Recent Calls”“Outgoing” sA“Incoming” sB“Missed” sCUse the Recent Calls command to access out-going, incoming or missed calls.“Outgoing” sAUse the Outgoing command to list the outgoingcalls made from the vehicle.“Incoming” sBUse the Incoming command to list the incomingcalls made to the vehicle.“Missed” sCUse the Missed command to list the calls made tothe vehicle that were not answered.4-80 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 241 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012“Connect Phone”NOTE:The Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.Main Menu“Connect Phone”“Add Phone” sA“Select Phone” sB“Delete Phone” sC“Replace Phone” sD“Bluetooth OFF” sE“Phonebook Download OFF” sF“Display Settings” sGUse the Connect Phone commands to managethe phones connecting to the vehicle or to enablethe BluetoothTfunction on the vehicle.“Add Phone” sAUse the Add Phone command to add a phone tothe vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” in thissection for more information.“Select Phone” sBUse the Select Phone command to select from alist of phones connected to the vehicle. The sys-tem will list the names assigned to each phoneand then prompt you for the phone you wish toselect. Only one phone can be active at a time.“Delete Phone” sCUse the Delete Phone command to delete aphone that is connected to the vehicle. The sys-tem will list the names assigned to each phoneand then prompt you for the phone you wish todelete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle will alsodelete that phonebook for that phone.“Replace Phone” sDUse the Replace Phone command to replace anexisting phone pairing with a new phone. Thesystem will keep all voice tags assigned to yourphonebook.“Bluetooth OFF” sEUse the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent awireless connection to your phone.“Phonebook Download OFF” sFUse the Phonebook Download OFF command toturn off the automatic downloading of the hand-set phonebook to the available (if supported bythe cellular phone). When the command is rec-ognized, “Sync Contacts OFF” will appear on theaudio display.To turn the feature back on, say “PhonebookDownload”. When the command is recognized,“Sync Contacts ON” will appear on the audiodisplay.“Display Settings” sGUse the Display Settings command to controlwhere incoming call notifications are displayed inthe vehicle. Say “Driver Only” to have call notifi-cations shown on the vehicle information displayonly. Say “Both” to have call notifications shownon both the vehicle information display and thecenter audio display.To turn the feature back on, say “PhonebookDownload”. When the command is recognized,“Sync Contacts ON” will appear on the audiodisplay.VOICE ADAPTATION (VA) MODEVoice Adaptation allows up to two out-of-dialectusers to train the system to improve recognitionaccuracy. By repeating a number of commands,the users can create a voice model of their ownvoice that is stored in the system. The system iscapable of storing a different voice adaptationmodel for each connected phone.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 242 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Training procedureThe procedure for training a voice is as follows.1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine run-ning, the parking brake on, and the transmis-sion in P (Park).3. Press and hold the button for morethan 5 seconds.4. The system announces: “Press thePHONE/SEND ( ) button for thehands-free phone system to enter the voiceadaptation mode or press the PHONE/END() button to select a different lan-guage.”5. Press the button.For information on selecting a different lan-guage, see “Choosing a language” in thissection.6. Voice memory A or memory B is selectedautomatically. If both memory locations arealready in use, the system will prompt you tooverwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, press the button.8. The VA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.10. The system will announce that voice adap-tation has been completed and the system isready.The VA mode will stop if:●The button is pressed for more than 5seconds in VA mode.●The vehicle begins moving during VA mode.●The ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.Training phrasesDuring the VA mode, the system instructs thetrainer to say the following phrases. (The systemwill prompt you for each phrase.)●phonebook transfer entry●dial three oh four two nine●delete call back number●incoming●transfer entry●eight pause nine three two pause seven●delete all entries●call seven two four zero nine●phonebook delete entry●next entry●dial star two one seven oh●yes●no●select●missed●dial eight five six nine two●Bluetooth on●outgoing●call three one nine oh two●nine seven pause pause three oh eight●cancel●call back number●call star two zero nine five●delete phone4-82 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 243 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●dial eight three zero five one●record name●four three pause two nine pause zero●delete redial number●phonebook list names●call eight oh five four one●correction●connect phone●dial seven four oh one eight●previous entry●delete●dial nine seven two six six●call seven six three oh one●go back●call five six two eight zero●dial six six four three sevenMANUAL CONTROLWhile using the Voice Recognition system, it ispossible to select menu options by using thesteering wheel controls instead of speaking voicecommands. The manual control mode does notallow dialing a phone number by digits. The usermay select an entry from the Phonebook or Re-cent Calls lists. To re-activate voice recognition,exit the manual control mode by pressing andholding the PHONE/END ( ) button. At thattime, pressing the PHONE/SEND ( ) buttonwill start the Hands Free Phone System.Operating tips●To enter manual control mode, start theVoice Recognition system and tilt the tuning() switch up or down. The system willspeak 9Showing Manual Options9whenmanual controls are initially activated.●To browse the menu options, tilt the tuning() switch up or down. The system willalways speak the current menu option. De-pending on the audio display, it will alsoshow the current menu option.●To select the current menu option, press thePHONE/SEND ( ) button.●To go back to the previous menu, press thePHONE/END ( ) button. If the currentmenu is the Main Menu, pressing thePHONE/END ( ) button will exit thePhone system.●To exit the manual control mode, press andhold the PHONE/END ( ) button for 5seconds.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 244 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEThe system should respond correctly to all voicecommands without difficulty. If problems are en-countered, try the following solutions.Where the solutions are listed by number, tryeach solution in turn, starting with number 1, untilthe problem is resolved.Symptom SolutionSystem fails to interpret the command correctly.1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” in this section.2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is toonoisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to im-prove the recognition response for the speaker. See “Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this section.The system consistently selects the wrong entry from thephone book.1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed byusing the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook” in this section.2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.4-84 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 245 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.CAUTIONTo avoid discharging the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.Your NISSAN is equipped with the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System. If you have a com-patible BluetoothTenabled cellular phone, youcan set up the wireless connection between yourcellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.With BluetoothTwireless technology, you canmake or receive a hands-free telephone call withyour cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehicleLHA2290BLUETOOTHTHANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (Type B) (if so equipped)Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-85ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 246 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012phone module when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position with the previously connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in the ve-hicle.NOTE:Some devices require the user to acceptconnections to other BluetoothTdevices. Ifyour phone does not connect automaticallyto the system, consult the phone’s Owner’sManual for details on device operation.You can connect up to 5 different BluetoothTcellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.Before using the BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.●Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the hands-freephone system.●Some BluetoothTenabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized or work properly.Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothfor a recommended phone list and connect-ing instructions.●You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:– Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.– Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive a cellular signal; suchas in a tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in a moun-tainous area.– Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.●When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voice dur-ing a call.●Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from thein-vehicle phone module to prevent tonequality degradation and wireless connectiondisruption.●While a cellular phone is connected throughthe BluetoothTwireless connection, the bat-tery power of the cellular phone may dis-charge quicker than usual. The BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System cannot chargecellular phones.●If the hands-free phone system seems to bemalfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide”in this section. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.●Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers. Stor-ing the device in a different location mayreduce or eliminate the noise.●Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone charges, cellularphone antenna and body, etc.REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information– CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only thesupplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions:1. This device may not cause interference and2. this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.4-86 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 247 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012IC Regulatory information– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.– This Class B digital apparatus meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.BLUETOOTHtis atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed to Vis-teon.USING THE SYSTEMThe NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the BluetoothTPhoneSystem.If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.InitializationWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized,which takes a few seconds. If the button ispressed before the initialization completes, thesystem will announce “Hands-free phone systemnot ready” and will not react to voice commands.Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the following:●Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.●Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.●Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.●Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pressand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.The command given is picked up by the micro-phone, and voice feedback is given when thecommand is accepted.●If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.●If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please try again.”Make sure the command issaid exactly as prompted by the system andrepeat the command in a clear voice.●If you want to go back to the previous com-mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc-tion” any time the system is waiting for aresponse.●You can cancel a command when the sys-tem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You canalso press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for 5 seconds at any time toend the VR session. Whenever the VR ses-sion is cancelled, a double beep is played toindicate you have exited the system.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 248 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, press the volume control switches(+ or -) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.●In most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypressing the button on the steeringwheel.●To use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menucommand on the main menu. For example,press the button and after the tonesay, “Call Redial.”CONTROL BUTTONSThe control buttons for the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.PHONE/SENDPress the button to initiatea VR session or answer an incom-ing call.You can also use the buttonto interrupt the system feedbackand give a command at once. See“List of voice commands” and“During a call” in this section formore information.PHONE/ENDWhile the voice recognition sys-tem is active, press and holdthe button for 5 seconds toquit the voice recognition systemat any time.Tuning switchWhile using the voice recognitionsystem, tilt the tuning switch up ordown to manually control thephone system.CONNECTING PROCEDURETo connect a phone to the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System:1. Press the SETTING button.LHA22734-88 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 249 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but-ton.3. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select“Add Phone or Device” and then press theENTER button.4. When a message with a PIN appears on thescreen, operate the BluetoothTphone toenter the PIN.The connecting procedure varies according toeach phone. See the phone’s Owner’s Manualfor details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for in-structions on connecting recommended cellularphones.VOICE COMMANDSVoice commands can be used to operate theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System. Pressthe button and say “Phone” to bring up thephone command menu. The available optionsare:●Call●Phonebook●Recent Calls●Send Text●Read Text●Select Phone“Call”For more information on the “Call” command, see“Making a call” in this section.“Phonebook”The following commands are available under“Phonebook”:LHA2257 LHA2274Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-89ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 250 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●(a name)Say a name in the phonebook to bring up alist of options for that phonebook entry. Thesystem will say the name it interpreted basedon the voice command provided. If the nameis incorrect, say “Correction”to hear anothername.Once the correct phonebook entry is identi-fied, say “Dial” to dial the number or “SendText” to send a text message to that number.Say “Record Name”to record a name for thephonebook entry. Say “Delete Recording” todelete a recorded name for the phonebookentry.●List NamesSpeak this command to have the system listthe names in the phonebook one by onealphabetically. Say “Dial” to dial the numberof the current name or “Send Text” to send atext message to that number. Say “Next En-try” or “Previous Entry” to move through thelist alphabetically. Say “Record Name” torecord a name for the current phonebookentry. Say “Delete Recording” to delete arecorded name for the current phonebookentry.●Transfer EntryThis command can be used to transfer mul-tiple contacts at a time. To enable manualcontact transfer capability, set “PhonebookDownload” to “Off” in the Setting menu. Theability to transfer contacts via the OPPBluetooth profile depends on your mobilephone. See your phone’s Owner’s Manualfor details and instructions.●Delete EntrySpeak this command to delete an entry inthe phonebook. Choose an entry to deleteby speaking the desired name or say “ListNames”.“Recent Calls”The following commands are available under“Recent Calls”:●Incoming CallsSpeak this command to list the last fiveincoming calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, the namewill be displayed. Otherwise, the phonenumber of the incoming call will be dis-played.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of incoming calls.●Missed CallsSpeak this command to list the last fivemissed calls to the vehicle. If the call is froman entry in the phonebook, the name will bedisplayed. Otherwise, the phone number ofthe missed call will be displayed.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of missed calls.●Outgoing CallsSpeak this command to list the last fiveoutgoing calls from the vehicle. If the callwas to an entry in the phonebook, the namewill be displayed. Otherwise, the phonenumber of the outgoing call will be dis-played.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of outgoing calls.●RedialSpeak this command to call the last numberdialed.4-90 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 251 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Call BackSpeak this command to call the number ofthe last incoming call to the vehicle.“Send Text / Read Text”For more information on these commands, see“Text messaging” in this section.“Select Phone”Speak this command to select a phone to usefrom a list of those phones connected to thevehicle.MAKING A CALLTo make a call from a phone connected to thevehicle’s BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System:●Press the button.●The system will prompt you for a command.●Select one of the available voice commandsto continue:●“(a name)” – Speak the name of a phone-book entry to place a call to that entry. Thesystem will respond with the name it inter-preted from your command and will promptyou to confirm that the name is correct. Say“Yes” to initiate the call or “No” to hear an-other name from the phonebook.●“Number” – Speak this command to place acall by inputting numbers.For 7- and 10-digit phone numbers, speakthe numbers. When finished, say “Dial” toinitiate the call. Say “Correction” at any timein the process to correct a misspoken ormisinterpreted number.For phone numbers with more digits or spe-cial characters, say “Special Number”, thenspeak the digits. Up to 24 digits can beentered. Available special characters are“star”, “pound”, “plus” and “pause”. Whenfinished, say “Dial” to initiate the call. Say“Correction” at any time in the process tocorrect a misspoken or misinterpreted num-ber or character.●“Redial” – Speak this command to dial thenumber of the last outgoing call. The systemwill display “Redialing <name/number>”.The name of the phonebook entry will bedisplayed if it available, otherwise the num-ber being redialed will be displayed.●“Call Back”–Speak this command to dial thenumber of the last incoming call. The systemwill display “Calling back <name/number.”.The name of the phonebook entry will bedisplayed if it available, otherwise the num-ber being called back will be displayed.RECEIVING A CALLWhen a call is received by the phone connectedto the vehicle’s BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem, the call information is displayed on eitherthe vehicle information display or both the vehicleinformation display and he control panel display.Press the button to accept the call. Pressthe button to reject the call.LHA2293Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 252 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012DURING A CALLWhile a call is active, press the button toaccess additional options. Speak one of the fol-lowing commands:●“(numbers)” – Speak numbers and then say“Send” or say “Correction” to change thenumbers entered.●“Mute On” or “Mute Off” – Speak the com-mand to mute or unmute the system.●“Transfer Call” – Speak this command totransfer the call to the handset. To transferthe call back from the handset to theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System,press the button and confirm whenprompted.If supported by the phone, the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System allows for call waitingfunctionality. If a call is received while another callis already active, a message will be displayed onthe screen. Press the button to hold theactive call and switch to the second call. Pressthe button to reject the second call.While the second call is active, pressingthe button will allow the same commandsthat available during any call as well as two addi-tional commands:●“Switch Call” – Speak this command to holdthe second call and switch back to the origi-nal call.●“End Other Call” – Speak this command tostay with the second call and end the originalcall.Press the button to accept the call. Pressthe button to reject the call.ENDING A CALLTo end an active call, press the button.TEXT MESSAGINGWARNING●Use the text messaging feature afterstopping your vehicle in a safe location.If you have to use the feature whiledriving, exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while using the textmessaging feature, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.NOTE:This feature is automatically disabled if theconnected device does not support theMessage Access Profile (MAP). See thephone’s Owner’s Manual for details andinstructions.The system allows for the sending and receivingof text messages through the vehicle interface.LHA22944-92 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 253 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Sending a text message:1. Press the button.2. Say “Send Text”.3. The system will provide a list of availablecommands in order to determine the recipi-ent of the text message. Choose from thefollowing:●(a name)●Number●Incoming Calls●Outgoing Calls●Missed CallsFor more information about these options,see “Voice commands” in this section.4. Once a recipient is chosen, the systemprompts for which message to send. Fivepredefined messages are available as wellas three custom messages. To choose oneof the predefined messages, speak one ofthe following:●“Driving, can’t text”●“Call me”●“On my way”●“Running late”●“Okay”To send one of the custom messages, say“Custom Message”. If more than one cus-tom message is stored, the system willprompt for the number of the desired cus-tom message. For more information on set-ting and managing custom text messages,see “BluetoothTsettings” in this section.LHA2296Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 254 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Reading a received text message:1. Press the button.2. Say “Read Text”.The text message, sender and delivery time areshown on the screen. Use the tuning switch onthe steering wheel to scroll through all text mes-sages if more than one are available. Pressthe button to exit the text message screen.Press the button to access the followingoptions for replying to the text message:●Call BackSpeak this command to call the sender ofthe text message using the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System.●Send TextSpeak this command to send a text messageresponse to the sender of the text message.●Read TextSpeak this command to read the text mes-sage again.●Previous TextSpeak this command to move to the previ-ous text message (if available).●Next TextSpeak this command to move to the next textmessage (if available).NOTE:Text messages are only displayed if thevehicle speed is less than 5 mph.BLUETOOTHTSETTINGSTo access and adjust the settings for theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System:1. Press the SETTING button.LHA2295 LHA22574-94 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 255 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but-ton:●BluetoothSelect “On” or “Off” to turn the vehicle’sBluetoothTsystem on or off.●Add Phone or DeviceTo connect a phone to the system, see“Connecting procedure” in this section.●Delete Phone or DeviceSelect to delete a phone from the displayedlist. The system will ask to confirm beforedeleting the phone.●Replace PhoneSelect to replace a phone from the displayedlist. When a selection is made, the systemwill ask to confirm before proceeding. Therecorded phonebook for the phone beingdeleted will be saved as long as the newphone’s phonebook is the same as the oldphone’s phonebook.●Select Phone or DeviceSelect to connect to a previously connectedphone from the displayed list.●Show Incoming CallsSelect “Driver Only” to have incoming callinformation displayed only in the vehicle in-formation display. Select “Both” to have in-coming call information displayed in both thevehicle information display and the centerdisplay screen.●Phonebook DownloadSelect to turn on or off the automatic down-load of a connected phone’s phonebook.●Text MessageSelect to turn on or off the vehicle’s textmessaging feature.●New Text SoundSelect to adjust the volume of the sound thatplays when a new text is received by a phoneconnected to the BluetoothTHands-FreePhone System. The setting all the way to theleft indicates that the new text sound will bemuted.●Show Incoming TextSelect “Driver Only” to have incoming textmessages displayed only in the vehicle infor-mation display. Select “Both” to have incom-ing text messages displayed in both the ve-hicle information display and the centerdisplay screen. Select “None” to have nodisplay of incoming text messages.●Edit Custom MessagesSelect to set a custom message that will beavailable with the standard options whensending a text message. To set a custommessage, send a text message to your ownphone number while the phone is connectedto the system. Three custom messages canbe set. Custom messages can only be setwhile the vehicle is stationary.LHA2274Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-95ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 256 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Auto ReplySelect to turn on or off the Auto Reply func-tion. When enabled, the vehicle will auto-matically send a predefined text message tothe sender when a text message is receivedwhile driving.●Auto Reply MessageSelect to choose the message that is sentwhen the Auto Reply function is enabled.Choose from “I’m Driving”or one of the threecustom messages stored in the system.●Vehicle Signature On/OffSelect to choose whether or not the mes-sage “Sent from my Altima” is added tooutgoing text messages from the vehicle.This message cannot be changed or cus-tomized.MANUAL CONTROLWhile using the Voice Recognition system, it ispossible to select menu options by using thesteering wheel controls instead of speaking voicecommands. The manual control mode does notallow dialing a phone number by digits. The usermay select an entry from the Phonebook or Re-cent Calls lists. To re-activate Voice Recognition,exit the manual control mode by pressing andholding the PHONE/END ( ) button. At thattime, pressing the PHONE/SEND ( ) buttonwill start the Hands Free Phone System.WARNING●Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.CAUTIONTo avoid discharging the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.BLUETOOTHTHANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM(if so equipped)4-96 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 257 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Your NISSAN is equipped with the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System. If you have a com-patible BluetoothTenabled cellular phone, youcan set up the wireless connection between yourcellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.With BluetoothTwireless technology, you canmake or receive a hands-free telephone call withyour cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position with the connected cellularphone turned on and carried in the vehicle.You can register up to 5 different BluetoothTcellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports thephone commands, so dialing a phone numberusing your voice is possible. For more details, see“NISSAN Voice Recognition System” in this sec-tion.Before using the BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.●Set up the wireless connection between acellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule before using the hands-free phonesystem.●Some BluetoothTenabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list and connecting.●You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:– Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.LHA2291Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 258 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012– Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive cellular signal; such asin a tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in a moun-tainous area.– Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.●When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voice dur-ing a call.●Immediately after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, it may be impos-sible to receive a call for a short period oftime.●Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from thein-vehicle phone module to prevent tonequality degradation and wireless connectiondisruption.●While a cellular phone is connected throughthe BluetoothTwireless connection, the bat-tery power of the cellular phone may dis-charge quicker than usual. The BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System cannot chargecellular phones.●If the hands-free phone system seems to bemalfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide”in this section. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.●Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers. Stor-ing the device in a different location mayreduce or eliminate the noise.●Refer to the cellular phone owner’s manualregarding the telephone charges, cellularphone antenna and body, etc.●The signal strength display on the monitorwill not coincide with the signal strengthdisplay of some cellular phones.REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information– CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only thesupplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions:1. This device may not cause interference and2. this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.IC Regulatory information– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.– This Class B digital apparatus meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.BLUETOOTHtis atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed toVisteon.VOICE COMMANDSYou can use voice commands to operate variousBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System featuresusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition system. Formore details, see “NISSAN Voice RecognitionSystem” in this section.4-98 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 259 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CONNECTING PROCEDURE1. Press the MENU button on the controlpanel.2. Select the “Settings” key. 3. Select the “Phone & Bluetooth” key.LHA2253 LHA2248Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-99ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 260 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Select the “Connect New Device” key.5. Initiate the connecting process from thehandset. The system will display the mes-sage: “Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on yourBluetooth device?”. If the PIN is displayedon your BluetoothTdevice, select “Yes” tocomplete the connecting process.For more information, see the BluetoothTde-vice’s Owner’s Manual.VEHICLE PHONEBOOKTo access the vehicle phonebook:1. Press the button on the control panel.2. Select the “Phonebook” key.3. Choose the desired entry from the displayedlist.NOTE:To scroll quickly through the list, touch the“A-Z” key in the upper right corner of thescreen. Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob tochoose a letter or number and then pressENTER. The list will move to the first entrythat begins with that number or letter.4. The number of the entry will be displayed onthe screen. Touch the number to initiate di-aling.LHA2265 LHA2297 LHA22794-100 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 261 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MAKING A CALLTo make a call, follow the procedure below:1. Press the button on the instrumentpanel. The “Phone”screen will appear on thedisplay.2. Select one of the following options to make acall:●“Phonebook”: Select the name from an entrystored in the vehicle phonebook.●“Call Lists”: Select the name from the in-coming, outgoing or missed call history.●“Redial”: Dial the last outgoing call from thevehicle.●“”: Input the phone number manuallyusing a keypad displayed on the screen. Forinformation on how to use the touchscreen,see “How to use the touchscreen” in thissection.RECEIVING A CALLWhen a call is placed to the connected phone,the display will change to phone mode.To accept the incoming call, either:●Press the button on the steeringwheel, or●Touch the green phone icon on the screen.To reject the incoming call, either:●Press the button on the steeringwheel, or●Touch the red phone icon on the screen.LHA2297 LHA2298Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 262 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012DURING A CALLWhile a call is active, the following options areavailable on the screen:●“Handset”Select this option to switch control of thephone call over to the handset.●“Mute Mic.”Select this option to mute the microphone.Select again to unmute the microphone.●Red phone ( ) iconSelect to end the phone call.ENDING A CALLTo end a phone call, select the red phone ( )icon on the screen or press the button onthe steering wheel.TEXT MESSAGINGWARNING●Use the text messaging feature afterstopping your vehicle in a safe location.If you have to use the feature whiledriving, exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.●If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while using the textmessaging feature, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.LHA2299 LHA23004-102 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 263 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The system allows for the sending and receivingof text messages through the vehicle interface.Sending a text message:1. Press the button.2. Say “Send Text”.3. The system will provide a list of availablecommands in order to determine the recipi-ent of the text message. Choose from thefollowing:●(a name)●Number●Incoming Calls●Outgoing Calls●Missed CallsFor more information about these options,see “Voice commands” in this section.4. Once a recipient is chosen, the systemprompts for which message to send. Fivepredefined messages are available as wellas three custom messages. To choose oneof the predefined messages, speak one ofthe following:●“Driving, can’t text”●“Call me”●“On my way”●“Running late”●“Okay”To send one of the custom messages, say“Custom Messages”. If more than one cus-tom message is stored, the system willprompt for the number of the desired cus-tom message. For more information on set-ting and managing custom text messages,see “BluetoothTsettings” in this section.Reading a received text message:1. Press the button.2. Say “Read Text”.The text message, sender and delivery time areshown on the screen. Use the tuning switch to scrollthrough all text messages if more than one are avail-able. Press the button to exit the text messagescreen. Press the button to access the follow-ing options for replying to the text message:●Call BackSpeak this command to call the sender ofthe text message using the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System.LHA2301Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 264 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Send TextSpeak this command to send a text messageresponse to the sender of the text message.●Read TextSpeak this command to read the text mes-sage again.●Previous TextSpeak this command to move to the previ-ous text message (if available).●Next TextSpeak this command to move to the next textmessage (if available).NOTE:Text messages are only displayed if thevehicle speed is less than 5 mph.BLUETOOTH SETTINGSTo access the phone settings:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “Phone & Bluetooth” key.LHA2253 LHA22484-104 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 265 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Phone SettingsSee “Phone settings”in this section for moreinformation.●Connect New DeviceSelect to connect a new BluetoothTdeviceto the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone Sys-tem.●Select Connected DeviceSelect to choose a BluetoothTdevice from alist of those devices connected to theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System.●Replace Connected DeviceSelect to replace a BluetoothTdevice from alist of those devices connected to theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System.●Delete Connected DeviceSelect to delete a BluetoothTdevice from alist of those devices connected to theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System.●BluetoothSelect to toggle the BluetoothTon and off.PHONE SETTINGSTo access the phone settings:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Settings” key.3. Select the “Phone & Bluetooth” key.4. Select the “Phone Settings” key and adjustthe following settings as desired:●Sort Phonebook By:Select “First Name” or “Last Name” tochoose how phonebook entries are alpha-betically displayed on the screen.LHA2265 LHA2302Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 266 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Use Phonebook From:Select “Handset” to use the phone’s phone-book. Select “SIM” to use the phonebook onthe SIM card. Select “Both” to use bothsources.●Download Phonebook NowSelect to download the phonebook to thevehicle from the chosen source.●Phone Notifications forSelect “Driver” to have phone notificationsshown in the vehicle information display. Se-lect “Both” to have phone notificationsshown in both the vehicle information displayand the center display screen.●Record Name for Phonebook EntrySelect to record a name for a phonebookentry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog-nition System.●Text Message ServiceSelect to toggle the text message function-ality on or off.●Show Incoming Text forSelect “Driver” to have text message notifi-cations shown in the vehicle information dis-play. Select “Both” to have text messagenotifications shown in both the vehicle infor-mation display and the center displayscreen. Select “None” to have text messagenotifications not displayed.●SMS Auto Reply FunctionSelect to toggle the SMS auto reply func-tionality on or off.●SMS Auto Reply MessageSelect to choose a message that is sentwhen the auto reply function is activated.●Add Vehicle’s SignatureSelect to toggle on or off the addition of thevehicle signature to outgoing messages.●Predefined SMS MessagesSelect the predefined SMS messages thatare used by the system.The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the systems equipped onthis vehicle, such as the phone and navigationsystems.To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pressthe button located on the steering wheel.When prompted, speak the command for thesystem you wish to activate. The command givenis picked up by the microphone and performedwhen it is properly recognized. NISSAN VoiceRecognition will provide a voice response as wellas a message in the center display to inform youof the command results.USING THE SYSTEMInitializationWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, whichtakes a few seconds. When completed, the sys-tem is ready to accept voice commands. Ifthe button is pressed before the initializa-tion completes, the system will announce: “VoiceRecognition System not ready. Please wait.”NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)4-106 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 267 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Giving voice commands1. Press the button.2. The system announces: “Please say a com-mand.” A list of available commands is spo-ken by the system.3. After the tone sounds and the face icon onthe display changes, speak a command.Available commands are discussed later inthis section.4. Voice and display feedback are providedwhen the command is accepted.●If the command is not recognized, the sys-tem announces: “Command not recog-nized.”Repeat the command in a clear voice.●If you want to cancel the command or goback to the previous menu of commands,press the button. The system will an-nounce: “Voice recognition canceled” or“Go back” depending on the current menulevel.●Press the button to move backthrough the menus displayed on the screen.●If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, use the volume control switcheson the steering wheel or the volume knob onthe control panel. ●The voice command screen can also beaccessed using the control panel display:1. Press the MENU button.2. Select the “Voice Commands” key.Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of NISSANVoice Recognition, observe the following:●Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminate thesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.LHA2282 LHA2253Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-107ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 268 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Wait until a tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will notbe received properly.●Start speaking a command within 3.5 sec-onds after the tone sounds.●Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.SYSTEM FEATURESNISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol-lowing systems:●Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System●Navigation●Audio●InformationFor additional information on the navigation sys-tem, see the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.How to say numbersNISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands. Referto the following examples.General rule: Either “zero”or “oh” can be used for“0”.Phone numbersSpeak phone numbers according to the followingexample. For 1-800-662-6200, say dial numberand then speak the phone number in any of thefollowing formats:●“one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh”●“one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh”●“one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh”For the best voice recognition phone dialing re-sults, say phone numbers as single digits. Also,full numbers can only be spoken for “800”. Forexample, you cannot say 555-6000 as “five fivefive six thousand”.LHA22814-108 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 269 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012BLUETOOTHTHANDS-FREEPHONE SYSTEM VOICECOMMANDSTo access the BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem voice commands:1. Press the button.2. Say “Call” and then a name in the vehiclephonebook to call that entry. Otherwise, say“Phone” to access various phone com-mands.If the BluetoothThas been set to “Off”, the sys-tem announces: “BluetoothTis off. Would youlike to turn BluetoothTon?”If no phone is connected to the system and thevehicle is stationary, the system announces:“There is no phone connected. Would you like toconnect a phone now?” Say “Yes” to connect aphone. All further BluetoothTHands-Free PhoneSystem voice commands are only available if aphone is connected.If a phone is connected and BluetoothTis set to“On”, the following voice commands are avail-able:●Dial NumberAllows for up to 24 digits to be dialed. Afterthe number is entered, say “Dial” to initiatedialing. Say “Correction”to correct the num-ber entered. Say “Go Back” to return to themain menu.●List PhonebookStarting with the first alphabetical entry inthe vehicle phonebook, the system promptsfor an additional command. Say “Dial” to callthe number of the phonebook entry. Say“Send Text” to send a text message to thenumber of the phonebook entry. Say “NextEntry”to skip to the next alphabetical entry inthe vehicle phonebook, where the same op-tions will then be available.●Recent CallsThe system prompts for an additional com-mand. Say “Missed Calls”, “Incoming Calls”or “Outgoing Calls” to display a list of suchcalls on the screen.Speak the number of the entry displayed onthe screen to dial that number or say “NextPage” to view entries on the next page (ifavailable).●RedialRedials the last called number.●Read TextReads an incoming text message. For moreinformation about text messaging with theBluetoothTHands-Free Phone System, see“BluetoothTHands-Free Phone Systemwith Navigation System” in this section.●Send TextSends a text message. For more informationabout text messaging with the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System, see“BluetoothTHands-Free Phone Systemwith Navigation System” in this section.●Select PhoneThe system replies “Please use manual con-trols to continue”. Use manual controls tochange the active phone from among thelisted phones connected to the vehicle.For more information about the BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System, see “BluetoothTHands-Free Phone System with Navigation Sys-tem” in this section.Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-109ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 270 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICECOMMANDSThe following voice commands are available forthe Navigation System:●Places●Street Address●Address Book●Home●Previous DestinationFor more information about these commands,see the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual.AUDIO SYSTEM VOICECOMMANDSTo access the audio system voice commands:1. Press the button.2. Say “Audio”3. Speak a command from the following avail-able commands:●FMSwitches the audio system to the FM mode.●AMSwitches the audio system to the AM mode.●XM (satellite radio, if so equipped)Switches the audio system to the SiriusXMSatellite Radio mode.●CDSwitches the audio system to the CD mode.A CD must be inserted for this command tobe functional.●iPodTSwitches the audio system to the iPodTmode. An iPodTmust be connected for thiscommand to be available and functional.The following sub-commands are availablefor iPodT:– Now Playing– Menu– Playlists– Artists– Albums– Genres– Songs– Shuffle Songs*– Composers*– Audiobooks*– Podcasts** Say “Next Page” to access these com-mands. Say “Previous Page” to return to thefirst page of commands.●USBSwitches the audio system to the USBmode. A USB device must be inserted forthis command to be available and functional.●PandoraSwitches the audio system to the Pandoraaudio mode. A compatible BluetoothTaudiodevice with a Pandora application must beconnected to the system for this commandto be functional.●BluetoothTSwitches the audio system to theBluetoothTaudio mode. A compatibleBluetoothTaudio device must be connectedto the system for this command to be func-tional.●AUXSwitches the audio system to the AUXmode. An AUX device must be connectedfor this command to be functional.For more information about the audio system, see“Audio system” in this section.4-110 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 271 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDSThe following voice commands are available forthe information functions of the Navigation Sys-tem:●Traffic●Current Weather●Weather Forecast●Google™ Send-To-Car●POIs Powered by Google™For more information about these commands,see the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual.HELP VOICE COMMANDSThe following voice commands can be spoken tohave the system provide instructions and tips forusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.●List Commands●What Can I Say?●General Help●Quit●ExitMonitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-111ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 272 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEThe system should respond correctly to all voicecommands without difficulty. If problems are en-countered, follow the solutions given in this guidefor the appropriate error. Where the solutions arelisted by number, try each solution in turn, startingwith number one, until the problem is resolved.Symptom/error message SolutionThe system responds “Command NotRecognized” or the system fails to rec-ognize the command correctly.1. Ensure that the command format is valid. Use the “List Commands” or “What Can I Say?” command under the “Help” menu.2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, with the windows open or the defroster on).NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.4-112 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systemsZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 273 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20125 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-waycatalyst..............................5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Off-roadrecovery...............................5-6Rapidairpressureloss..........................5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Push-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Operatingrange................................5-9Ignition switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10NISSAN Intelligent KeyTbattery discharge . . . . . . . 5-10NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Startingtheengine ...............................5-12Remote start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Drivingthevehicle................................5-13Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT). . . . . . . .5-13Parkingbrake....................................5-19Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Brakeprecautions.............................5-23Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Brakeassist ..................................5-25Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Tireequipment................................5-27Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Drivingonsnoworice .........................5-28Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 274 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.●Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)WARNING●Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.●If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.●Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.●Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.●Keep the rear vent windows, lift gates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you must drive withone of these open, follow theseprecautions:1. Open all the windows.2. Set the air recirculation but-ton to off and the fan control dial tohigh to circulate the air.●If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the trunk lid or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommen-dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-try into the vehicle.●The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:a. The vehicle is raised for service.b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passengercompartment.c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.WARNING●The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, animalsor flammable materials away from theexhaust system components.PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING5-2 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 275 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.CAUTION●Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.●Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly by a NISSAN dealer.●Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.●Do not race the engine while warming itup.●Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold and in-flated to the inflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on the vehicles tire andloading information label. (If your vehicle has tiresof a different size than the size indicated on thevehicle tire and loading information label, youshould determine the proper tire inflation pres-sure for those tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has beenequipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltalewhen one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over-heat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling and stoppingability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-function exists. When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac-ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.Additional information:●The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.Starting and driving 5-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 276 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●The TPMS will activate only when the vehicleis driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).●The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted on all 4 tires. After all 4 tires areinflated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS andturn off the low tire pressure warning light.Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure.●The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information displaywhen the low tire pressure warning light isilluminated and low tire pressure is detected.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningturns off when the low tire pressure warninglight turns off.●The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.●Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates in lowambient temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.●The Tire and Loading Information label (alsoreferred to as the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label) is located in thedriver’s door opening.●You can also check the tire pressure of alltires (expect the spare) on the vehicle infor-mation display screen (if so equipped). Theorder of the tire pressure figures displayedon the screen corresponds with the actualorder of the tire position.For additional information, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” in the “Instruments and controls”section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency” sectionand “Tire Pressure” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.WARNING●Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.●If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an acci-dent and could result in serious per-sonal injury. Check the tire pressure forall four tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the tire and loading informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. (See “Flat tire” in the “In caseof emergency” section for changing aflat tire.)5-4 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 277 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.●Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.●Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.CAUTIONDo not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors, and theTPMS will not function properly.Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light to illu-minate.Some examples are:– Facilities or electric devices using similar radiofrequencies are near the vehicle.– If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.– If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.Note: Changes or modification not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void the us-er’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with RSS-210 of In-dustry Canada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-ence, and2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, include interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.TPMS with Easy Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire, theTPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual andaudible signals outside the vehicle to help youinflate the tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure.Vehicle set-up:1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.2. Apply the parking brake and place the shiftselector to the P (Park) position.3. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.Do not start the engine.Starting and driving 5-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 278 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Operation:1. Add air to the tire.2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicatorswill start flashing.3. When the designated pressure is reached,the horn beeps once and the hazard indica-tors stop flashing.4. Perform the above steps for each tire.●If the tire is over-inflated more than ap-proximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash 3times. To correct the pressure, push thecore of the valve stem on the tire briefly torelease pressure. When the pressurereaches the designated pressure, thehorn beeps once.●If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicates thatthe Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating.●The TPMS will not activate the Easy FillTire Alert under the following conditions:– If there is interference from an externaldevice or transmitter.– The air pressure from the inflation deviceis not sufficient to inflate the tire.– There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys-tem.– There is a malfunction in the horn or haz-ard indicators.– The identification code of the tires pres-sure sensor is not registered to the sys-tem.– The battery of the tire pressure sensor islow.●If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move the ve-hicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forwardand try again.If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tirepressure gauge.AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVERWARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-neuvers, because these driving practices couldcause you to lose control of your vehicle. As withany vehicle, loss of control could result in acollision with other vehicles or objects orcause the vehicle to roll over, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times, andavoid driving when tired. Never drive when underthe influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs which maycause drowsiness). Always wear your seat beltas outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to doso.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli-sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.OFF-ROAD RECOVERYIf the right side or left side wheels unintentionallyleave the road surface, maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below. Pleasenote that this procedure is only a general guide.The vehicle must be driven as appropriate basedon the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.5-6 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 279 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20122. Do not apply the brakes.3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the ve-hicle to follow the road while vehicle speedis reduced. Do not attempt to drive the ve-hicle back onto the road surface until vehiclespeed is reduced.6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in the ap-propriate driving lane.●If you decide that it is not safe to return thevehicle to the road surface based on vehicle,road or traffic conditions, gradually slow thevehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occurif the tire is punctured or is damaged due tohitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure losscan also be caused by driving on under-inflatedtires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain-ing the correct air pressure and visually inspectthe tires for wear and damage. See “Wheels andtires” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual. If a tire rapidly loses airpressure or “blows-out” while driving, maintaincontrol of the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure is only ageneral guide. The vehicle must be driven asappropriate based on the conditions of the ve-hicle, road and traffic.WARNINGThe following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.●The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.●Do not rapidly apply the brakes.●Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.●Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.1. Remain calm and do not over react.2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “Changing a flattire” in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.Starting and driving 5-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 280 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVINGWARNINGNever drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al-though the local laws vary on what is consideredto be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre-scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if yourability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco-hol, drugs, or some other physical condition.WARNINGDo not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stop whenthe ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu-tive times in quick succession or the igni-tion switch is pushed and held for morethan 2 seconds.) If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, this could leadto a crash and serious injury.When the ignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch willilluminate.Push the ignition switch center:●once to change to ACC.●two times to change to ON.●three times to return to OFF.The ignition switch will automatically return to theLOCK position when any door is either opened orclosed with the switch in the OFF position.LSD2014PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH5-8 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 281 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch position cannot be switched to OFF untilthe shift selector is moved to the P (Park) posi-tion.When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to-ward the OFF position, proceed as follows:1. Move the shift selector into the P (Park)position.2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switchposition will change to the ON position.3. Push the ignition switch again to the OFFposition.The shift selector can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot bemoved from the LOCK position.Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information display. See“Vehicle information display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range.When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-charged or strong radio waves are present nearthe operating location, the Intelligent Key sys-tem’s operating range becomes narrower andmay not function properly.If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range,it is possible for anyone, even someone who doesnot carry the Intelligent Key, to turn the ignitionswitch to start the engine.The operating range of the engine start functionis inside of the vehicle s1.●The luggage area is not included in the op-erating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.●If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box, storage binor door pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.●If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position) :The ignition switch can only be locked in theLOCK position.The ignition switch will be unlocked when it isplaced in the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key.OFF:The ignition switch is in the OFF position whenthe engine is turned off using the ignition switch.No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch.LSD2089Starting and driving 5-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 282 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ACC (Accessories) :This position activates electrical accessories,such as the radio, when the engine is not running.ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn theignition switch to the OFF position after 30 min-utes under the following conditions:●all doors are closed●shift selector is in P (Park)●any door is opened●shift selector is moved out of P (Park)●ignition switch changes positionON (Normal operating position) :This position turns on the ignition system and theelectrical accessories.CAUTIONDo not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when theengine is not running for an extended pe-riod. This can discharge the battery.EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTBATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent KeyTisdischarged, or environmental conditions interferewith the Intelligent Key operation, start the engineaccording to the following procedure:1. Place the shift selector in the P (Park) posi-tion.2. Firmly apply the foot brake.3. Touch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)SSD08605-10 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 283 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Push the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal within 10 seconds after thechime sounds. The engine will start.After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing the brakepedal, the ignition switch position will change toACC.NOTE:●When the ignition switch is pushed to theACC or ON position or the engine is startedby the above procedure, the Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator appears in thevehicle information display even when theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This isnot a malfunction. To turn off the IntelligentKey battery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.●If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears, replace the battery as soonas possible. See “NISSAN Intelligent KeyTreplacement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.If the engine fails to start using a registered key(for example, when interference is caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automatic payment device on the keyring), restart the engine using the following pro-cedure:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately 10seconds.3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered key on a sepa-rate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.●Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.●Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluidas frequently as possible, or at least when-ever you refuel.●Check that all windows and lights are clean.●Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.●Lock all doors.●Position seat and adjust head restraints.●Adjust inside and outside mirrors.●Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.●Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. See “Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEStarting and driving 5-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 284 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Apply the parking brake.2. Move the shift selector to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift selector is in any of the drivingpositions.3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal and push the igni-tion switch to start the engine.To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.●If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and whileholding, crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.●If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to start cranking the engine. After 5 or6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing theignition switch to LOCK. After crankingthe engine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the push-buttonignition switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.4. Warm-upAllow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-onds after starting. Do not race the enginewhile warming it up. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather. In cold weather, keep the en-gine running for a minimum of 2 - 3 minutesbefore shutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.5. To stop the engine, shift the shift selector tothe P (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phone char-gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or onlydriven short distances. In these cases, thebattery may need to be charged to maintainbattery health.REMOTE START (if so equipped)Vehicles started with the remote start require theignition switch to be placed in the ON positionbefore the shift selector can be moved from the P(Park) position. To place the ignition switch to theON position, follow these steps:1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you.2. Apply the brake.3. Press the ignition switch once to the ONposition.For additional information, see “NISSAN Intelli-gent Key” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section of this manual.STARTING THE ENGINE5-12 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 285 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)WARNING●Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), Ds (DriveSport) or manual shift mode (if soequipped). Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.●Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.●Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.●Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving. This couldcause an accident.●Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Doing so can cause a loss of enginebraking which may result in a collision,serious personal injury or death. In ad-dition, coasting with the transmissionin the N (Neutral) position may causeserious damage to the transmission.CAUTIONWhen stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by depress-ing the accelerator pedal. The foot brakeshould be used for this purpose.The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-trolled to produce maximum power and smoothoperation.The CVT can operate in two different automaticdrive modes:●D (Drive) mode - Move the shift selector to D(Drive), the transmission is in the normalforward automatic driving mode. The posi-tion indicator in the meter shows a “D”. TheD (Drive) mode does not produce a gearchange sensation like a traditional automatictransmission.●Ds (Drive Sport) mode - Move the shift se-lector from D (Drive) to the to Ds (DriveSport). The position indicator in the metershows a “Ds”. In Ds (Drive Sport) mode,transmission operation changes to 9Sporty”driving shift operation, creating a more ag-gressive acceleration feeling than the D(Drive) mode and a gear change sensationwhen the driver accelerates or when usingthe shift paddles (if so equipped). During Ds(Drive Sport) mode operation, the drivermust move the shift selector from Ds modeto D mode and back again to re-select Ds(Drive Sport) mode.●To cancel the Ds mode, return the shift se-lector to the D (Drive) position. The trans-mission returns to the automatic drive mode.The CVT can operate in two manual drive modes:●M (Manual) mode (if so equipped) - With theshift selector in the Ds (Drive Sport) mode,using the shift paddles (if so equipped) up(+) or down (–) produces noticeable up-shifts and downshifts. The position indicatorin the meter shows a “M”.●To Ds (Drive Sport) mode return the shiftselector to the D (Drive) mode.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.DRIVING THE VEHICLEStarting and driving 5-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 286 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012NOTE:Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the shiftselector out of the P (Park) position.2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift selector into a driving gear.3. Release the foot brake, then gradually startthe vehicle in motion.4. Stop the vehicle completely before shiftingthe shift selector to the P (Park) position.The CVT is designed so the foot brakepedal MUST be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any drive position whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.The shift selector cannot be moved out of P(Park) and into any of the other gear posi-tions if the ignition switch is pushed to theLOCK position.To move the shift selector:Press the button sAwhile depressing thebrake pedalPress the buttonsAto shiftShift without pressing button sAShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and move the shift selector from P (Park) toany of the desired shift positions.WARNINGApply the parking brake if the shift selec-tor is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal injuryor property damage.P (Park):CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) or R (Reverse) position only whenthe vehicle is completely stopped.Use the P (Park) shift selector position when thevehicle is parked or when starting the engine.Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped.The brake pedal should be depressed tomove the shift selector from N (Neutral) orany drive position to P (Park). Apply theparking brake. When parking on a hill, apply theparking brake first, then move the shift selectorinto the P (Park) position.LSD20855-14 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 287 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012R (Reverse):CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) or R (Reverse) position only whenthe vehicle is completely stopped.Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed to move the shiftselector from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydrive position to R (Reverse).N (Neutral):Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You mayshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving.D (Drive):Use this position for all normal forward driving.Ds (Drive Sport):When the shift selector is shifted from the D(Drive) to Ds (Drive Sport) position, the transmis-sion enters the Ds (Drive Sport) mode. Movingthe shift selector to the Ds (Drive Sport) positionallows you to enjoy “sporty”driving shift operationon a winding road and feel smooth accelerationor deceleration on a hilly road by moving in alower gear automatically. When canceling the DSmode, return the shift selector to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to the normaldriving mode.Manual shift mode (if so equipped)When the shift selector is in the Ds (Drive Sport)position, the transmission is ready for the manualshift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manu-ally by pulling the right-side or left-side paddleshifter.When shifting up, pull the right side paddleshifter (+) sC(if so equipped). The transmissionshifts to the higher range.When shifting down, pull the left side paddleshifter (2)sB(if so equipped). The transmissionshifts to the lower range.LSD2086Starting and driving 5-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 288 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When canceling the manual shift mode, returnthe selector lever to the D (Drive) position. Thetransmission returns to the normal driving mode.When you pull the paddle shifter (if so equipped)while in the D (Drive) position, the transmissionwill shift to the upper or lower range temporarily.The transmission will automatically return to the D(Drive) position after a short period of time. If youwant to return to the D (Drive) position manually,pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5seconds.In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis-played on the position indicator in the meter.Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:1⇔2⇔3⇔4⇔5⇔6⇔7⇔8M8 (8th) and M7 (7th):Use this position for all normal forward driving athighway speeds.M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):Use this position when driving up long slopes, orfor engine braking when driving down longslopes.M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhillgrades.M1 (First):Use this position when climbing steep hills slowlyor driving slowly through deep snow, sand ormud, or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.●Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than 7range. This reduces fuel economy.When shifting up:Move the shift selector to the + (up) side. (Shiftsto higher range.)When shifting down:Move the shift selector to the 2(down) side.(Shifts to lower range.)●Moving the shift selector rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succession.When canceling the manual shift mode:Return the shift selector to the D (Drive) positionto return the transmission to the normal drivingmode.●In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving perfor-mance and reduces the chance of ve-hicle damage or loss of control.●In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may shift up automatically to ahigher range than selected if the en-gine speed is too high. When the ve-hicle speed decreases, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down andshifts to 1st gear before the vehiclecomes to a stop.●CVT operation is limited to automatic drivemode when CVT fluid temperature is ex-tremely low even if manual shift mode isselected. This is not a malfunction. WhenCVT fluid warms up, manual mode can beselected.●When the CVT fluid temperature is high, theshift range may upshift in lower rpm thanusual. This is not a malfunction.5-16 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 289 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theshift selector may not be moved from the P (Park)position even with the brake pedal depressedand the shift selector button pushed.It will be necessary to jump start or have yourbattery charged, see “Jump starting” in the “Incase of emergency” section. Contact yourNISSAN dealer or a professional towing service.To move the shift selector, complete the followingprocedure:1. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Using a protective cloth on the tip of a 3 mmscrewdriver, remove the shift lock releasecover.●If available, a plastic trim tool can also beused.4. Insert the small screwdriver in the shift lockrelease slot and push down.5. Move the shift selector to the N (Neutral)position while holding down the shift lockrelease.If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P(Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the trans-mission as soon as possible.WARNINGIf the shift selector cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position while the engine isrunning and the brake pedal is depressed,the stop lights may not work. Malfunction-ing stop lights could cause an accidentinjuring yourself and others.Overdrive (O/D) OFF switch (if soequipped)When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with theshift selector in the D (Drive) position, thelight in the instrument panel illuminates. See“Overdrive off indicator light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im-proved engine braking.To turn off the Overdrive off mode, push the O/DOFF switch again. The indicator light willturn off.LSD2087 LSD2090Starting and driving 5-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 290 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Each time the engine is started, or when the shiftselector is shifted to any position other than D(Drive), the Overdrive off mode will be automati-cally turned off.Accelerator downshift— in D position —For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-sion down into a lower gear, depending on thevehicle speed.High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. The MIL maycome on to indicate the fail-safe mode isactivated, see “Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)”in the “Instrument and controls” sec-tion. This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait for 10 seconds. Thenpush the switch back to the ON position.The vehicle should return to its normal op-erating condition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have aNISSAN dealer check the transmission andrepair if necessary.WARNINGWhen the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs,vehicle speed may be gradually reduced.The reduced speed may be lower thanother traffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especially care-ful when driving. If necessary, pull to theside of the road at a safe place and allowthe transmission to return to normal op-eration, or have it repaired if necessary.1. To engage, firmly depress the foot brake.2. To release:●Move the shift selector to the P (Park)position●Firmly depress the parking brake pedaland it will release.●Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.LSD01585-18 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 291 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.●Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.●Do not use the shift selector in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully engaged.●Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.1. CANCEL switch2. ACCEL/RES switch3. COAST/SET switch4. ON/OFF switchPRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL●If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument panel then blinks towarn the driver.●If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control switch off and have the sys-tem checked by a NISSAN dealer.●The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control switch is turned ON whilepushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET, orCANCEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, use the following proce-dures.WARNINGDo not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:●When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.●In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.●On winding or hilly roads.●On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).●In very windy areas.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.To turn on the cruise control, push theON·OFF switch on. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument panel will illuminate.LSD2088PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)Starting and driving 5-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 292 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle tothe desired speed, push the COAST/SET switchand release it. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle maintains the set speed.●To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed.●The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods.●Push the CANCEL button.●Tap the brake pedal.●Push the ON·OFF switch off. The CRUISEindicator light in the instrument panel goesout.The cruise control is automatically canceled if:●you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switch.The preset speed is deleted from memory.●the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH(13 km/h) below the set speed.●you move the shift selector to N (Neutral).To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.●Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.●Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the speed you de-sire, release the switch.●Push and release the ACCEL/RES switch.Each time you do this, the set speed in-creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.●Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.●Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re-lease the switch when the vehicle slows tothe desired speed.●Push and release the COAST/SET switch.Each time you do this, the set speed de-creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle re-turns to the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).CAUTIONDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in short-ened engine life and reduced engineperformance.●Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.●Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.●Avoid quick starts.●Avoid hard braking as much as possible.●Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.BREAK-IN SCHEDULE5-20 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 293 SESS: 4 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.●Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.●Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.●Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.●Avoid unnecessary engine idling.●Keep your engine tuned up.●Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.●Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.●Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-proper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.●Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.●When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.●Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.INCREASING FUEL ECONOMYStarting and driving 5-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/24/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 294 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.●Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away and re-sult in an accident. Make sure the shiftselector has been pushed as far forwardas it can go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.●Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.●Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.1. Firmly apply the parking brake.2. Move the shift selector to the P (Park) posi-tion.3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.●HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: sATurn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.●HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: sBTurn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.●HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: sCTurn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the cen-ter of the road if it moves.4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.WSD0050PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS5-22 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 295 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.●When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will bemuch harder to operate. Have thepower steering system checked by anNISSAN dea;er .The power steering system is designed to pro-vide power assistance while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-heating of the power steering system and protectit from getting damaged. While the power assistis reduced, steering wheel operation will becomeheavy. If the steering wheel operation is still per-formed, the power steering may stop and thepower steering warning light will illuminate. Stopthe engine and push the ignition switch to theOFF position. The temperature of the powersteering system will go down and the powerassist level will return to normal after starting theengine. The power steering warning light will gooff. Avoid repeating such steering wheel opera-tions that could cause the power steering systemto overheat.You may hear a noise from the front of the vehiclewhen the steering wheel is operated. This is not amalfunction.If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate thepower steering system is not functioning properlyand may need servicing. Have the power steeringsystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assistfor the steering will cease operation but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering efforts are required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turns andat low speeds.The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at 2 wheels.BRAKE PRECAUTIONSVacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-tance will be longer.Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out thebrake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.POWER STEERING SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEMStarting and driving 5-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 296 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.●If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes returnto normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at highspeeds until the brakes function correctly.Parking brake break-inBreak-in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrum/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest brake performance.This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual and can be performed by a NISSANdealer.ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)WARNING●The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from carelessor dangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Remem-ber that stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the driver is respon-sible for safety.●Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size and typeas specified on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See “Tire andLoading Information label” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.– For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls thebrakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip-pery surfaces.Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.5-24 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 297 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you may heara “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a malfunc-tion, it switches the ABS off and illuminates theABS warning light on the instrument panel. Thebrake system then operates normally, but withoutanti-lock assistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 - 6 MPH (5- 10 km/h). The speed varies according to roadconditions.When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels areclose to locking up, the actuator rapidly appliesand releases hydraulic pressure. This action issimilar to pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel a vibration fromthe actuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operating properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care is re-quired while driving.BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedal ex-ceeds a certain level, the brake assist is activatedgenerating greater braking force than a conven-tional brake booster even with light pedal force.WARNINGThe brake assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. it is the driv-ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system usesvarious sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve-hicle motion. Under certain driving conditions,the VDC System helps to perform the followingfunctions:●Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.●Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).●Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the following condi-tions:– understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increased steer-ing input)– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss ofvehicle control in all driving situations.VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEMStarting and driving 5-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreXdeleted
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 298 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When the VDC system operates, the indi-cator in the instrument panel flashes so note thefollowing:●The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.●You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.●Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.See “Slip indicator light” and ”Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” in the ”Instru-ments and controls” section.If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights come on in the instru-ment panel. The VDC system automatically turnsoff when these indicator lights are on.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The indicator illuminates to indi-cate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates to preventone drive wheel from slipping by transferringpower to a non slipping drive wheel. Theindicator flashes if this occurs. All other VDCfunctions are off and the indicator will notflash.The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in reverseat a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.WARNING●The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steer-ing operation at high speeds or by care-less or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.●Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not NISSANrecommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handling per-formance, and the indicator mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate.●If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly and both theand the indicator lights mayilluminate.●If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.5-26 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreXcomes
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 299 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the indicator may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate. Do not drive onthese types of roads.●When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine after driv-ing onto a stable surface.●If wheels or tires other than the NISSANrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator may flash or boththe and indicator lights mayilluminate.●The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into the keyhole or use the remote keyless entry function onthe Intelligent Key.ANTI-FREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check theanti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For details, see “Battery” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “Changing engine coolant” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your ve-hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom-mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALLSEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Pleaseconsult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability informa-tion.2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.COLD WEATHER DRIVINGStarting and driving 5-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 300 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. Tire chains may be used. For details see“Tire chains” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:●A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.●A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.●A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.●Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEWARNING●Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.●Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.●Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.●Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.●Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patch ofice is seen ahead, brake before reach-ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.●Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.●Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist with coldtemperature starting.The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 20°F (27°C) or lower.WARNING●Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can be se-riously injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.●Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.●Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plugthe extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use theproper extension cord or a groundedoutlet can result in a fire or electricalshock and cause serious personalinjury.5-28 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 301 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To use the engine block heater:1. Turn the engine off.2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine blockheater cord.3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on outsidetemperatures, to properly warm the enginecoolant. Use an appropriate timer to turn theengine block heater on.6. Before starting the engine, unplug and prop-erly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.Starting and driving 5-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 302 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MEMO5-30 Starting and drivingZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 303 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20126 In case of emergencyEmergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flattire...........................................6-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changingaflattire .............................6-3Jumpstarting .....................................6-7Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . .6-12ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 304 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pres-sure of all tires except the spare. When the lowtire pressure warning light is lit, and the “TirePressure Low - Add Air” warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped,the system also displays pressure of all tires(except the spare tire) on the display screen bysending a signal from a sensor that is installed ineach wheel. If the vehicle is being driven with lowtire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warning light.This system will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Formore details, refer to “Warning/indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving”section.WARNING●Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.●If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an acci-dent and could result in serious per-sonal injury. Check the tire pressure forall four tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible.EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE6-2 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 305 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.●Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.●Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-low:Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the shift selector to P (Park).4. Turn off the engine.5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.WARNING●Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the CVT is shifted into P(Park).●Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.●Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks s1at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tires2to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.WCE0044In case of emergency 6-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 306 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Getting the spare tire and toolsOpen the trunk. Lift the luggage floor. Removethe jack s1and wheel nut wrench s2from thefrom the storage cover s3. Then remove thestorage cover s3to access the spare tire.Turn the clamp to remove the spare tire. Removethe spare tire. Removing wheel cover (if soequipped)CAUTIONDo not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so could re-sult in personal injury.To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod s1as illustrated.Apply cloth s2between the wheel and jack rod toprevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover orwheel surface.LCE2046 WCE0067 SCE06306-4 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 307 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tireWARNING●Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.●Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.●Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.●Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.●Never use blocks on or under the jack.●Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.●Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.●Never run the engine with a wheel(s) offthe ground. It may cause the vehicle tomove.Jack-up pointWCE0160In case of emergency 6-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 308 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Always refer to the proper illustrations for thecorrect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands. Carefully raise thevehicle until the tire clears the ground. Re-move the wheel nuts, and then remove thetire.Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-tween the wheel and hub.2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly as illustrated untilthey are tight.LCE0020 WCE00566-6 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 309 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence illustrated (sA,sB,sC,sD,sE). Lower the vehicle completely.WARNING●Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.●Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.●Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 1,000 km (600miles) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:113 N·m (83 ft-lb)The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication interval.Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown on the TireLoad and Information label affixed to thedriver side center pillar.5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip-ment in the vehicle.6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floorcarpeting over the damaged tire.7. Close the trunk.WARNING●Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly se-cured after use. Such items can becomedangerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.●The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions un-der the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must be fol-lowed.WARNING●If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.●Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres-ent in the vicinity of the battery. Keep allsparks and flames away from thebattery.●Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-rosive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.●Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.●The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.JUMP STARTINGIn case of emergency 6-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 310 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.●Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.●Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personalinjury.1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift se-lector to P (Park). Switch off all unnecessaryelectrical systems (lights, heater, air condi-tioner, etc.).3. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.4. Connect the jumper cables in the sequenceillustrated (sA,sB,sC,sD).WCE00546-8 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 311 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Always connect positive (1) to positive(1) and negative (2) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, enginelift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.●Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm and start the en-gine of the vehicle being jump started.CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4seconds before trying again.7.After starting the engine, carefully disconnectthe negative cable and then the positive cable.8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.CAUTION●Do not push start this vehicle. Thethree-way catalyst may be damaged.●Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc. take the following steps.WARNING●Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.●To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiatorcap is removed, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.●Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift selectorto P (Park).Do not stop the engine.2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATSIn case of emergency 6-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 312 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20123. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam or cool-ant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do notopen the hood further until no steam orcoolant can be seen.4. Open the engine hood.WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop the en-gine.WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine coolingfan can start at any time.6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolant to theengine coolant reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSANdealer.When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam-age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-able from a NISSAN dealer. Local service opera-tors are generally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage to yourvehicle, NISSAN recommends having a serviceoperator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to havethe service operator carefully read the followingprecautions:WARNING●Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.●Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.CAUTION●When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany of these conditions apply, dollies ora flatbed tow truck must be used.●Always attach safety chains beforetowing.TOWING YOUR VEHICLE6-10 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 313 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flat towing”in the “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towedwith the driving (front) wheels off the ground orplace the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.ACE0511 SCE0199AIn case of emergency 6-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 314 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Never tow Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models with the frontwheels on the ground or four wheels onthe ground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expensivedamage to the transmission. If it is nec-essary to tow the vehicle with the rearwheels raised always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.●When towing Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device.– Move the shift selector to the N (Neu-tral) position.●When towing Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models with therear wheels on the ground (if you do notuse towing dollies): Always release theparking brake.VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)Pulling a stuck vehicleWARNINGTo avoid vehicle damage, serious per-sonal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:●Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.●Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.●Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.●Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.●Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designed specifi-cally for vehicle recovery. Always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the recovery de-vice.Do not use the tie-down hooks for towing orvehicle recovery.Rocking a stuck vehicleWARNING●Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.●Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.6-12 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 315 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.●Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and D (Drive).●Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.●Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).●Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.In case of emergency 6-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 316 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MEMO6-14 In case of emergencyZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 317 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20127 Appearance and careCleaningexterior..................................7-2Washing ......................................7-2Waxing........................................7-2Removingspots................................7-3Underbody ....................................7-3Glass.........................................7-3Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chromeparts..................................7-4Tiredressings..................................7-4Cleaninginterior...................................7-4Airfresheners..................................7-5Floormats.....................................7-5Seatbelts .....................................7-6Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion......................................7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion......................................7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 318 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.To protect the paint surfaces, please wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:●after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain.●after driving on coastal roads.●when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs geton the paint surface.●when dust or mud builds up on the surface.Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap, a special vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.CAUTION●Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acidis not used.●Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.●Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.●Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be cleaned regularly. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle toavoid water spots.WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing isrecommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforere-applying wax.A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.●Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-ing. Follow the instructions supplied with thewax.●Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.CLEANING EXTERIOR7-2 Appearance and careZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 319 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from thesurface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are availableat a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessorystore.UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-riod and again in the spring, the underseal mustbe checked and, if necessary, retreated. GLASSWhen cleaning the rear window, it may be easierto clean if the high-mounted stop light (if soequipped) is removed first.Be careful when removing the high-mountedstop light to reduce the risk of damaging thehigh-mounted stop light wires.To remove the high-mounted stop light:s1Push toward rear of vehicle.s2Lift to remove.The high-mounted stop light must be properlyreinstalled before driving your vehicle.Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electri-cal conductors, radio antenna elements orrear window defroster elements.ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if soequipped)Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-ened in a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt is used. Ifnot removed, road salt can discolor the wheels.WAI0005Appearance and care 7-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 320 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTIONFollow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:●Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.●Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as am-bient temperature.●Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub-ber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it mayreact with the coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:●Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily thanwith an oil-based tire dressing.●Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).●Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.●Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufacturer.Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth damp-ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with adry, soft cloth.Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.Before using any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabric pro-tectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.Use a cloth dampened only with water to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.CAUTION●Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-lar material.●Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do notuse saddle soap, car waxes, polishes,oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, deter-gents or ammonia-based cleaners asthey may damage the leather’s naturalfinish.CLEANING INTERIOR7-4 Appearance and careZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 321 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.●Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It may dam-age the lens cover.AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that could affectthe vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener,take the following precautions:●Hanging-type air fresheners can cause per-manent discoloration when they contact ve-hicle interior surfaces. Place the air fresh-ener in a location that allows it to hang freeand not contact an interior surface.●Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause imme-diate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-structions before using the air fresheners.FLOOR MATSWARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision or injury:●NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver frontposition.●Use only genuine NISSAN floor matsspecifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model. See your NISSAN dealerfor more information.●Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioning aid.See (Floor mat positioning aid(in thissection.The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex-tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should be main-tained with regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.Floor mat positioning aidThis vehicle includes two driver’s side front floormat brackets and one passenger’s side front floormat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place.Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been speciallydesigned for your vehicle model. The driver’s sidefloor mat has two grommet holes incorporated init and the passenger’s side has one grommethole. Position each mat by placing the floor matbracket hook through the floor mat grommetholes while centering the mat in the floorwell.Periodically check to make certain the mats areproperly positioned.LAI0009Appearance and care 7-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 322 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.Allow the belts to dry completely in the shadebefore using them. See “Seat belt maintenance”in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemen-tal restraint system” section of this manual.WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION●The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.●Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor coverings will not dry completely insidethe vehicle and should be removed for drying toavoid floor panel corrosion.Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing and whereatmospheric pollution exists and road salt isused.TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION●Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.●Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.●Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.●Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.CORROSION PROTECTION7-6 Appearance and careZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 323 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-bris from the passenger compartmentby washing it out with a hose. Removedirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.●Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,brake cables, floor pan and fenders.In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, con-sult a NISSAN dealer.License plate bracket padding1. License plate2. Trunk3. License plate frame4. PaddingCAUTIONA license plate frame could vibrate andcause noise or paint damage. To avoiddamage or noise, add a soft adhesive padwith a maximum thickness of 1/8 in (4mm) to the back lower edge of the licenseplate frame.LAI2001Appearance and care 7-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 324 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20128 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfMaintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Generalmaintenance..............................8-2Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 8-2Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Enginecoolingsystem.............................8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engineoil........................................8-10Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Changingengineoil ...........................8-11Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . 8-13Powersteeringfluid...............................8-14Brakefluid.......................................8-14Brakefluid....................................8-15Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Battery..........................................8-16Jumpstarting .................................8-18Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Drivebelt........................................8-19Sparkplugs......................................8-20Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Cleaning .....................................8-21Replacing ....................................8-22Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Brake pad wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Enginecompartment...........................8-24Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27NISSAN Intelligent KeyT.......................8-27Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Front park light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Fog lights (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 325 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Typesoftires..................................8-42Tirechains....................................8-43Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 326 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini-mum maintenance requirements with long ser-vice intervals to save you both time and money.However, some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN’sgood mechanical condition, as well as its emis-sions and engine performance.It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-nance chain.Scheduled maintenanceFor your convenience, both required and optionalscheduled maintenance items are described andlisted in your “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”. You must refer to that guide to ensurethat necessary maintenance is performed on yourNISSAN at regular intervals.General maintenanceGeneral maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-eration. It is your responsibility to perform thesemaintenance procedures regularly as prescribed.Performing general maintenance checks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.These checks or inspections can be done by you,a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSANdealer.Where to go for serviceIf maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistswho are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership training programs. Theyare completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve-hicles before they work on your vehicle, ratherthan after they have worked on it.You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job to meetthe maintenance requirements on your vehicle —in a reliable and economical way.During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmells, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-tions” later in this section.EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found later in this section.Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.Doors and engine hoodCheck that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also ensure thatall latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches,latch pins, rollers and links as necessary. Make surethat the secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is released.When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 327 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)* When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. If neces-sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including thespare, to the pressure specified. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheelalignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.●For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.Windshield Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-aged windshield repaired by a qualified repairfacility.Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks orwear if they do not wipe properly.Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.Additional information on the followingitems with an “*” is found later in this sec-tion.Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure the pedal does not bindor require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera-tion. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur-ther than normal, the pedal feels spongy or thevehicle seems to take longer to stop, see aNISSAN dealer immediately. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the shift selector in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.Parking brake Check the parking brake opera-tion regularly. The vehicle should be securely heldon a fairly steep hill with only the parking brakeapplied. If the parking brake needs adjustment,see a NISSAN dealer.SeatsCheck seat position controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to ensure theyoperate smoothly and all latches lock securely inevery position. Check that the head restraints moveup and down smoothly and the lock knobs (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched positions.Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the belt web-bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 328 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer-ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hardsteering or strange noises.Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operating properly.Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve-hicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situations thatcan lead to potential battery discharge andpotential no-start conditions such as: 1. In-stallation or extended use of electronic ac-cessories that consume battery power whenthe engine is not running (Phone chargers,GPS, DVD players, etc.) 2. Vehicle is notdriven regularly and/or only driven short dis-tances. In these cases, the battery may needto be charged to maintain battery health.Brake fluid levels* Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines onthe reservoir.Engine coolant level* Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive beltsare not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.Engine oil level* Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface with the engine off.Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drainback into the oil pan.Exhaust system Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. See “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.Fluid leaksCheck under the vehicle for fuel, oil,water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has beenparked for a while. Water dripping from the airconditioner after use is normal. If you should noticeany leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check forthe cause and have it corrected immediately.Power steering fluid level* and lines Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.Radiator and hosesCheck the front of the radia-tor and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., thatmay have accumulated. Make sure the hoses haveno cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.UnderbodyThe underbody is frequently exposedto corrosive substances such as those used on icyroads or to control dust. It is very important toremove these substances from the underbody, oth-erwise rust may form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and exhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushed with plainwater, in those areas where mud and dirt may haveaccumulated. See the “Appearance and care” sec-tion of this manual.Windshield-washer fluid* Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 329 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.WARNING●Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. Move the shift selector toP (Park).●Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.●If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.●It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.●Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.●Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position and theengine is not running. To avoid injury,always disconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.●If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.●Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.●Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.●On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be serviced bya NISSAN dealer because the fuel linesare under high pressure even when theengine is off.CAUTION●Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.●Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.●Never leave the engine or the CVT re-lated component harness connectordisconnected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.●Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail-able. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or-der information” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.You should be aware that incomplete or improperservicing may result in operating difficulties orexcessive emissions, and could affect warrantycoverage. If in doubt about any servicing,have it done by a NISSAN dealer.MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONSMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 330 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012QR25DE engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir2. Engine coolant reservoir3. Engine oil filler cap4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Air cleaner6. Fuse block/ Fusible links7. Battery8. Engine oil dipstick9. Radiator cap10. Drive belt location11. Windshield-washer fluid reservoirLDI2111ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 331 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012VQ35DE engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir2. Engine coolant reservoir3. Engine oil filler cap4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Air cleaner6. Fuse block/ Fusible links7. Battery8. Engine oil dipstick9. Radiator cap10. Drive belt location11. Windshield-washer fluid reservoirLDI2112Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 332 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Engine Coolant (blue) and 50% waterto provide year-round anti-freeze and coolantprotection. The anti-freeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cool-ing system additives are not necessary.WARNING●Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” found in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manual.●The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.CAUTION●Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and causedamage to the engine, transmission,and/or cooling system.●When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-dilutedto provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37° C). If additional freeze protec-tion is needed due to weather whereyou operate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solutionsother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine coolingsystem.●The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or7 years. Mixing any other type of cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or the useof non-distilled water will reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. Refer to the Nissan Service andMaintenance Guide for more details.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 333 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level sB, add coolant to the MAX levelsA. If the reservoir is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold. Ifthere is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill theradiator with coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level sA.This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life expectancy ofthe factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Refer to theNISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide formore details.If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant.The service procedure can be found in theNISSAN Service Manual.Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.WARNING●To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.●Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.●Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.●Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.LDI2119Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 334 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re-insert it all the way.5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be between the H (High) andL (Low) marks sB. This is the normal oper-ating oil level range. If the oil level is belowthe L (Low) mark sA, remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill sC.6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.QR25DE engineLDI2120VQ35DE engineLDI2121 WDI0214ENGINE OIL8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 335 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.●It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature, then turn it off.3. Remove the oil filler cap sAby turning itcounterclockwise.4. Place a large drain pan under the drain plugsB.5. Remove the drain plugsBwith a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and completelydrain the oil.If the oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See “Changing engineoil filter” in this section.●Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.●Check your local regulations.QR25DE engineLDI2123VQ35DE engineLDI2145Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 336 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNING●Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.●Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.●Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.Drain plug tightening torque:29 - 39 N·m (22 - 29 ft-lb)7. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, then install the oil fillercap securely.See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual fordrain and refill capacity.The drain and refill capacity depends on theoil temperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine when the properamount of oil is in the engine.8. Start the engine. Check for leakage aroundthe drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-quired.9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.2. Turn the engine off.3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter sA.4. Loosen the oil filter sAwith an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise. Thenremove the oil filter by turning it by hand.QR25DELDI21228-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 337 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface witha clean rag.CAUTIONBe sure to remove any old gasket materialremaining on the sealing surface of theengine. Failure to do so could lead toengine damage.6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine oil ifnecessary.CAUTION●Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-3. Do not mix with other fluids.●Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 willdamage the CVT, which is not coveredby the warranty.When checking or replacement of CVT fluid isrequired, we recommend your NISSAN dealer forservicing.VQ35DELDI2143CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUIDMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 338 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Check the fluid level in the reservoir.The fluid level should be checked when the fluidis cold at fluid temperatures of 0 to 30ºC (32 to86ºF). The fluid level can be checked with thelevel gauge which is attached to the cap. Tocheck the fluid level, remove the cap. The fluidlevel should be between the MAX s1and MIN s2lines.If the fluid is below the MIN s2line, add GenuineNISSAN E-PSF. Remove the cap and fill throughthe opening.CAUTION●Do not overfill.●Use of a power steering fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN E-PSF will prevent thepower steering system from operatingproperly.●Power steering fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully in markedcontainers out of the reach of children.For further brake fluid specification information,refer to “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.WARNING●Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake systems.The use of improper fluids can damagethe brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.●Clean the filler cap before removing.●Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of reach of children.CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.LDI2126POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 339 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012BRAKE FLUIDCheck the brake fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid level is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add Genuine NISSANSuper Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT3fluid up to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be checked by aNISSAN dealer.WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIRFill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add windshield-washer fluid when the lowwindshield-washer fluid warning light comes on.To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir opening.Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindshield-washer fluid.Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent.WARNINGAnti-freeze is is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.CAUTION●Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to the paint.●Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methyl al-cohol based washer fluid concentratesmay permanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.LDI2125 LDI2116WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 340 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.●Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.●Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.●If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (-) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phonechargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) 2. Vehicleis not driven regularly and/or only drivenshort distances. In these cases, the batterymay need to be charged to maintain batteryhealth.WARNING●Do not expose the battery to flames, anelectrical spark or a cigarette. Hydro-gen gas generated by the battery is ex-plosive. Explosive gases can causeblindness or injury. Do not allow batteryfluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabricsor painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or injury. After touch-ing a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughlywash your hands. If the acid contactsyour eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.BATTERY8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 341 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.●When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.●Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.●Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.●Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver asshown. Use a cloth to protect the batterycase.2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it isnecessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level up to the bottom ofthe filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstallthe vent caps.WDI0224LDI0302Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 342 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.CAUTION●Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so will by-pass the variable voltage control sys-tem and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely.●Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltagecontrol system. This system measures theamount of electrical discharge from the batteryand controls voltage generated by the generator.The current sensor is located near the batteryalong the negative battery cable. If you add elec-trical accessories to your vehicle, be sure toground them to a suitable body ground such asthe frame or engine block area.LDI2132VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 343 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt Automatic tensioner3. Water pump pulley4. Alternator5. Air conditionerWARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position before servicingdrive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt isin poor condition or is loose, have it replacedor adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.2. Have the belt checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.1. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt automatic tensioner3. Alternator4. Air conditionerQR25DE engineLDI2130VQ35DE engineLDI2131DRIVE BELTMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 344 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped sAspark plugs as frequently as conventional typespark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-low the maintenance log shown in the “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap-ping.●QR25DE: Always replace spark plugswith recommended ones.●VQ35DE: Always replace spark plugswith recommended or equivalent onesWARNINGBe sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrect socketcan damage the spark plugs.If replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer for assistance.NOTE:The air cleaner filter should not be cleanedand reused.Replace the air cleaner filter according to themaintenance log shown in the “Warranty Informa-tion and Maintenance Booklet.”To remove the air cleaner filter:●Unlatch the clips and move the air cleanercover upward.●Remove the air cleaner filter.SDI1895QR25DELDI2117SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 345 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous-ing and the cover with a damp cloth.NOTE:After installing a new air cleaner, makesure the air cleaner cover is seated in thehousing and latch the clips.WARNING●Operating the engine with the air cleanerremoved can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner not only cleansthe air, it stops the flame if the enginebackfires. If it isn’t there, and the enginebackfires, you could be burned. Do notdrive with the air cleaner removed, andbe careful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.●Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-borne dust and pollen particles and reducessome objectionable outside odors. The filter islocated behind the glove box. Refer to the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide” forchange intervals.If replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.Clean the outside of the windshield with a washerfluid or a mild detergent. Your windshield is cleanif beads do not form when rinsing with clearwater.Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer fluid or a mild detergent. Then rinsethe blades with clear water. If your windshield isstill not clear after cleaning the blades and usingthe wiper, install new windshield wiper blades.CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades can dam-age the windshield and impair drivervision.VQ35DELDI2118WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 346 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.s2Push the release tab, then move the wiperblade down the wiper arm to remove.s3Remove the wiper blade.4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks into place.5. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in thegroove.6. Return the wiper to its original position andrelease it until it has made contact with thewindshield.CAUTION●After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.●Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the windshield washer nozzlesA. This may cause clogging or improper wind-shield washer operation. If wax gets into thenozzle, remove it with a needle or small pin sB.WDI0594WDI05708-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 347 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjustevery time the brake pedal is applied.WARNINGSee a NISSAN dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORSThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have audiblewear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is inmotion. The noise will be heard whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise maybe heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affect thefunction or performance of the brake system.Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For more information regardingbrake inspections, see the appropriate mainte-nance schedule information in the “NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”.Two types of fuses are used. Type sAis used inthe fuse boxes in the engine compartment. TypesBis used in the passenger compartment fusebox.Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses. Theyare stored in the passenger compartment fusebox.Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com-partment and passenger compartment fuseboxes.LDI0455BRAKES FUSESMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 348 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse,the type A fuse will not be level with the fusepocket as shown in the illustration. This will notaffect the performance of the fuse. Make sure thefuse is installed in the fuse box securely.Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under-hood fuse boxes. Only use type A fuses in theunderhood fuse boxes.ENGINE COMPARTMENTCAUTIONNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.2. Open the engine hood.3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing thetab and lifting the cover up.4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. Thefuse puller is located in the center of the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.LDI0457 LDI21338-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 349 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20125. If the fuse is open sA, replace it with a newfuse sB.6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts.PASSENGER COMPARTMENTCAUTIONNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove.3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.WDI0452 LDI2134Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 350 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. If the fuse is open sA, replace it with anequivalent good fuse sB.5. Push the fuse box cover to install.6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.Extended storage switchIf any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage switch and checkfor an open fuse.NOTE:The extended storage switch is used forlong term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-tended storage switch is broken it is notnecessary to replace it. Replace only theopen fuse in the switch with a new fuse.Type AWDI0452Type BLDI0456 LDI20358-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 351 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012How to replace the extended storage switch:1. To remove the extended storage switch, besure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position.2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFFposition.3. Remove the fuse box cover.4. Pinch the locking tabs s1found on eachside of the storage switch.5. Pull the storage switch straight out from thefuse box s2.CAUTIONBe careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery or removed parts.NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYTReplace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol-lows:1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.2. Insert a small screwdriver sAinto the slit sBof the corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part. Use a cloth toprotect the casing.3. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva-lent.●Do not touch the internal circuit and elec-tric terminals as doing so could cause amalfunction.●Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.●Make sure that the + side faces the bot-tom of the case.LDI2001BATTERY REPLACEMENTMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 352 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20124. Close the lid securely as illustrated sCsD.5. Operate the buttons to check the operation.See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance forreplacement.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation. Note: Changesor modifications not expressly approved bythe party responsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with RSS-210 of In-dustry Canada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.HEADLIGHTSReplacing the xenon headlight bulb (ifso equipped)WARNINGcHIGH VOLTAGEWhen xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an electricshock, never attempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenon head-lights replaced at a NISSAN dealer. Foradditional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section.Replacing the halogen headlight bulb(if so equipped)If bulb replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.WDI0568LIGHTS8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 353 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012CAUTION●Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.●Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for a longperiod of time. Dust, moisture, smoke,etc. entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance. Remove thebulb from the headlight assembly justbefore a replacement bulb is installed.●Only touch the base when handling thebulb. Never touch the glass envelope.Touching the glass could significantlyaffect bulb life and/or headlightperformance.●High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.●Use the same number and wattage asshown in the chart.Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This is nota malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.FRONT PARK LIGHTIf replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)Replacing the fog light bulbMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 354 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the fastenerssA; carefully pull backthe front fender protector .3. Rotate the bulb sBcounterclockwise andpull out to remove.TURN SIGNAL LIGHTSReplacing the turn signal bulbLDI21448-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 355 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the fastenerssA; carefully pull backthe front fender protector.3. Rotate the bulbsBcounterclockwise andpull out to remove.LDI2137Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 356 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.*1Headlight assembly *2Low (Halogen) 55 H11Low (Xenon) 35 D25High 65 H9Park 5 W5WDoor mirror turn signal light *2— LEDTurn signal light 8 7444AFront fog light (if so equipped) 55 H11Day time running lights (Canada only) 19 PS19WStep light 3.8 194 C HTEIRear combination light *2Tail/Stop — (LED)/ 27/8 LED/ 3156AKTurn 27 3156AKBackup (reversing) 18 921License plate light *25 W5WHigh-mounted stop light *2Inside — LEDSpoiler (if so equipped) — LEDFront map light *2— LEDRear personal light 8 U88Trunk light 3.4 158Vanity mirror light — HTU–14vGlove box light *2— —Console light *2— —*1Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.*2See a NISSAN dealer for assistance.8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 357 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Front map light2. Headlamp assembly3. Turn signal light4. Fog light (if so equipped)/ Day timerunning light (if so equipped)5. Step light6. Door mirror turn signal light7. Personal light8. High-mount stoplight (if so equipped)9. Trunk light10. Spoiler-mount stop light11. Rear combination light12. License plate lightLDI2100Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 358 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lightand/or cover.Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb installationUse a cloth s1to protect the housing.WDI0306Step lightLDI03418-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 359 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Use a cloth s1to protect the housing.Rear combination lightBulb replacement requires the removal of the rearcombination light assembly. If replacement is re-quired, see your NISSAN dealer.If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“In case of emergency” section of thismanual.TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).For more details, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light”in the “Instruments andcontrols” section, “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” in the “Starting anddriving” section, and “Flat tire” in the “Incase of emergency” section.Personal lightWDI0670Trunk lightLDI2135WHEELS AND TIRESMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 360 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (including thespare) often and always prior to long dis-tance trips. The recommended tire pres-sure specifications are shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification labelor the Tire and Loading Information labelunder the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading.The Tire and Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar. Tirepressures should be checked regularlybecause:●Most tires naturally lose air over time.●Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.The “TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert” pro-vides visual and audible signals outsidethe vehicle for inflating tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure. For moreinformation, see “TPMS with Easy Fill TireAlert”in the “Starting and driving” section.Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.WARNING●Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.●The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyond thiscapacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reduced tirelife, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, orunfavorable handling character-istics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading be-yond the specified capacity mayalso result in failure of other ve-hicle components.●Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.●For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 361 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Tire and loading information labels1Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.s2Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.s3Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.s4Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” laterin this section.s5Spare tire size.s6Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle load-ing information” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section.LDI2083Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 362 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Checking tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not press toohard or force the valve stem side-ways, or air will escape. If the hissingsound of air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate thisleakage.3. Remove the gauge.4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add orrelease air as needed.6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.LDI03938-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 363 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Size Cold Tire Inflation Pres-sureFront Original Tire P215/60R16 220 kPa, 32 PSIP215/55R17 230 kPa, 33 PSIP235/45R18Rear Original Tire P215/60R16 220 kPa, 32 PSIP215/55R17 230 kPa, 33 PSIP235/45R18Spare Tire T135/70D16 420 kPa, 60 PSITIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This information iden-tifies and describes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and also pro-vides the tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire in case of arecall.ExampleWDI0394Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 364 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s1Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (not alltires have this information).2. Three-digit number (215): This num-ber gives the width in millimeters ofthe tire from sidewall edge to side-wall edge.3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (15): This numberis the wheel or rim diameter in inches.6. Two- or three-digit number (95): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.ExampleWDI03958-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 365 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s2TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment Of Transportation”. The symbolcan be placed above, below or to theleft or right of the Tire IdentificationNumber.2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.3. Two-digit code: Tire size.4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufac-ture.6. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 means the31st week of 2003. If these numbersare missing, then look on the othersidewall of the tire.s3Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufactur-ers also must indicate the materials in thetire, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and others.s4Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible in-flation pressure.s5Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximum loadin kilograms and pounds that can be car-ried by the tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factory in-stalled tire.s6Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires an in-ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).ExampleWDI0396Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 366 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012s7The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tire hasradial structure.s8Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name is shown.Other Tire-related TerminologyIn addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on theother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out-ward facing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mounted on avehicle.TYPES OF TIRESWARNING●When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.●Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.●For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Seasontires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance is substantially re-duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not havethe tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 367 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some U.S. states andCanadian provinces prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.TIRE CHAINSCAUTIONOnly certain SAE class “S” tire chains canbe used on this vehicle. Using the wrongClass “S” chains on this vehicle will causedamage to the vehicle. If you plan to usetire chains/cables, you should use a tirechain that meets the minimum clearancesfor your vehicle.Use of tire chains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, make surethey are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use a tire chain thatis designed to provide the specified space sAbetween the installed tire chain s1and where thetire meets the rim s2as shown on the chart.NOTE:Tire chains are not permitted for use with18 in wheels.Wheel size Minimum space required16 in .7 in (17 mm)17 in .2 in (4 mm)A tire chain that provides the specified amount ofspace will provide the necessary clearance be-tween the tire and the closest vehicle suspensionor body component. The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory-equipped tires.Other types may damage your vehicle. Use chaintensioners when recommended by the tire chainmanufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end linksof the tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tirechains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed.Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/orvehicle handling and performance may be ad-versely affected.Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.LDI0574Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-43ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 368 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withtire chains in such conditions can cause damageto the various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESTire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).See “Flat tire” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual for tire re-placing procedures.As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specification at eachtire rotation interval.WARNING●After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.●Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).●Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.●For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.WDI02588-44 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 369 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20121. Wear indicator2. Location markTire wear and damageWARNING●Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.●The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.●Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not be ob-vious. Replace the tires as neces-sary to prevent tire failure andpossible personal injury.●Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact a NISSANdealer.●For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. Recommended types andsizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.WARNING●The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, VDC system, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead to acci-dents and could result in serious per-sonal injury.●If your vehicle was originally equippedwith 4 tires that were the same size andyou are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires ,install the new tires on the rear axle.Placing new tires on the front axle maycause loss of vehicle control in somedriving conditions and cause an acci-dent and personal injury.WDI0259Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-45ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 370 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheels whichhave the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set couldcause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics, affectthe VDC system and/or interferencewith the brake discs/drums. Such inter-ference can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. Refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer information”section of this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.●Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.●Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires could havestructural damage and could fail with-out warning.●The use of retread tires is notrecommended.●For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can getout of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-anced as required.Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.●For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.Care of wheels●Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.●Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.●Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.●Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.●NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.8-46 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 371 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used.Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident:WARNING●The spare tire should be used for emer-gency use only. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the first oppor-tunity to avoid possible tire or differen-tial damage.●Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.●Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).●With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).●When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels). Usetire chains only on the front (original)tires.●Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a faster ratethan the standard tire. Replace thespare tire as soon as the tread wearindicators appear.●Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.●Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.●Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.CAUTION●Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may cause dam-age to the vehicle.●Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-47ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 372 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MEMO8-48 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 373 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20129 Technical and consumer informationCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuelrecommendation...........................9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations ..............................9-7Specifications.....................................9-8Engine........................................9-8Wheelsandtires...............................9-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9When traveling or registering your vehicle inanothercountry ..................................9-10Vehicleidentification..............................9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number(chassisnumber)..............................9-10Engineserialnumber...........................9-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Terms........................................9-13Vehicleloadcapacity ..........................9-14Loadingtips ..................................9-16Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . .9-20Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 374 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and LubricantsUS measure Imp measure LiterFuel 18 gal 15 gal 68.0 See “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.Engine oil *6Drain and RefillWith oil filter change QR25DE 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 For QR25DE engine models:• Engine oil with API Certification Mark *1• Viscosity SAE 0W-20 *1For VQ35DE engine models:• Engine oil with API Certification Mark *1, *7• Viscosity SAE 5W-30 *1, *7VQ35DE 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.8Without oil filterchangeQR25DE 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3VQ35DE 4-3/4 qt 4 qt 4.5Cooling system With reservoir QR25DE 2 gal 1-3/4 gal 8.1 Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalentVQ35DE 2-5/8 gal 2-1/8 gal 9.8Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 *2Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper level according to the instruc-tions in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.*8Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.*3Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid *4 or equivalentDOT 3Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a) *5Air conditioning system oil — — — Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent *5Windshield-washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze fluid or equivalent*1: For further details, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations” in this section.*2: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the CVT, which is not covered bythe NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.*3: Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF will prevent the power steering system from operating properly.*4: Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.*5: For further details, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.*6: For further details, see “Engine oil” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.*7: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at a NISSAN dealer.*8: See your NISSAN dealer for service.CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS9-2 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 375 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012FUEL RECOMMENDATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).CAUTION●Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.●Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.●Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your ve-hicle. Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85fuel in a vehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage caused bysuch fuel is not covered by the NISSANnew vehicle limited warranty.●U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi-cations where it is available. Many of the automo-bile manufacturers developed this specificationto improve emission control system and vehicleperformance. Ask your service station manager ifthe gasoline meets the WWFC specifications.Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanolwith or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels ofwhich the oxygenate content and the fuel com-patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de-termined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.●The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.●If an oxygenate-blend other than metha-nol blend is used, it should contain nomore than 10% oxygenate. (MTBE may,however, be added up to 15%.)●E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxy-genate. E-15 fuel will adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN new ve-hicle limited warranty.●If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors. If not properly formulatedwith appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors, such methanol blendsmay cause fuel system damage and/orvehicle performance problems. At thistime, sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends are suit-able for use in NISSAN vehicles.Technical and consumer information 9-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 376 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012If any driveability problems such as engine stall-ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced afterusing oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuelethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 canonly be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. gov-ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens-ing pumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for that region.Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec-tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active solvents orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Sparkknock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have a NISSAN dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSANis not responsible.Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.9-4 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 377 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012QR25DE engine modelsLTI2037Technical and consumer information 9-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 378 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONSSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade, qualityand viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactoryengine life and performance. See “Capacitiesand recommended fuel/lubricants” earlier in thissection. NISSAN recommends the use of anenergy conserving oil in order to improve fueleconomy.Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the API certifica-tion mark on the front of the container. Oils whichdo not have the specified quality label should notbe used as they could cause engine damage.Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is not neces-sary when the proper oil type is used and main-tenance intervals are followed.Oil which may contain foreign matter or has beenpreviously used should not be used.Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When re-placing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals.”Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filtersthat are not of the specified quality, or exceedingrecommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.VQ35DE engine modelsLTI20249-6 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 379 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Your engine was filled with a high-quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes:●repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures●driving in dusty conditions●extensive idling●towing a trailer●stop and go commutingRefer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and NISSAN A/Csystem oil Type S or the exact equivalents.CAUTIONThe use of any other refrigerant or oil willcause severe damage to the air condition-ing system and will require the replace-ment of all air conditioner systemcomponents.The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affect theearth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-tions require the recovery and recycling of anyrefrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system refriger-ant.Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your airconditioner system.Technical and consumer information 9-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 380 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ENGINEModel QR25DE VQ35DEType Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder in-line 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.5 x 3.9 (89.0 x 100.0) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.82 (2,488) 213.45 (3,498)Firing order 1–3–4–2 1–2–3–4–5–6Idle speedNo adjustment is necessary.CVT (in “N” position)Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idlespeed)CO % at idleSpark plug FXE20HE-11C FXE22HR-11Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chainThis spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.SPECIFICATIONS9-8 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 381 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WHEELS AND TIRESWheel type Size Offset mm (in)Steel 16 x 7.0J 50 (1.97)Aluminum 17 x 7.5J 50 (1.97)Aluminum 18 x 7.5J 55 (2.17)T-type (ST spare) 16 x 4T 40 (1.57)T-type (AL spare) 16 x 4T 30 (1.18)Tire size 2.5 models P215/60R162.5 models and 3.5modelsP215/55R173.5 models P235/45R18Spare tire T135/70D16DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSOverall length in (mm) 191.5 (4,863)Overall width in (mm) 72.0 (1,830)Overall height2.5 models in (mm) 57.9 (1,471)3.5 models in (mm) 58.1 (1,477)Front track16 and 17 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)18 inch tire in (mm) 62.0 (1,575)Rear track16 and 17 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)18 inch tire in (mm) 62.0 (1,575)Wheelbase in (mm) 109.3 (2,775)Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) See the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label” on the centerpillar between the driver’s sidefront and rear doors.Gross axle weight ratingFront lb (kg)Rear lb (kg)Technical and consumer information 9-9ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 382 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-cle’s engine.Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas whereappropriate fuel is not available.When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number (VIN) plate isattached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is located asshown.LTI0025 WTI0037WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGYOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRYVEHICLE IDENTIFICATION9-10 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 383 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification la-bel is affixed as shown. This label contains valu-able vehicle information, such as: Gross VehicleWeight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Reviewit carefully.QR25DEWTI0096VQ35DELTI2034 WTI0172Technical and consumer information 9-11ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 384 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The label is located asshown.AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is affixed tothe underside of the hood as shown.LTI2004 LTI0224 WTI01789-12 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 385 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012To mount the front license plate, attach the li-cense plate bracket s1to the plastic finisher atthe location marks (small dimples) using the two6 mm screws provided.WARNING●It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.●Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.●Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourself withthe following terms before loading yourvehicle:●Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, flu-ids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.●GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.●GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.●GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.●GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.LTI2013INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATIONTechnical and consumer information 9-13ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 386 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012●Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tire andLoading Information label.●Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not exceedthe number of occupants shown as“Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Load-ing Information label.To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in the follow-ing illustration.9-14 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 387 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX lbs or XXXkg” on your vehicle’s placard.2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX lbsor XXX kg.4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if theXXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150)= 650 lbs) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)ExampleLTI0152Technical and consumer information 9-15ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 388 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 20125. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated inStep 4.Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.See “Measurement of weights” later inthis section.Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.LOADING TIPS●The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.●Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.WARNING●Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.●Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehiclecan break, tire damage could oc-cur, or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause per-sonal injury.●Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and thetire, but can also cause unsafevehicle handling and longer brak-ing distances. This may cause apremature tire failure whichcould result in a serious accidentand personal injury. Failurescaused by overloading are notcovered by the vehicle’swarranty.MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axleloads. Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the gross axle weight rat-ings (GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratings aregiven on the vehicle certification label. Ifweight ratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weights below theratings.9-16 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 389 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing a vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle, such as a motorhome.CAUTION●Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.●Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.●DO NOT tow any continuously variabletransmission vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat towing). Do-ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis-sion parts due to lack of transmissionlubrication.●For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by NISSAN”in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.Continuously Variable TransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continuouslyvariable transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufac-turer’s recommendations when using their prod-uct.DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.Quality grades can be found where applicable onthe tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature ATreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified gov-ernment test course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) timesas well on the government course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.Traction AA, A, B and CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADINGTechnical and consumer information 9-17ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 390 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.Temperature A, B and CThe temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-ther separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tirefailure.Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the followingemission warranties:For USA1. Emission Defects Warranty2. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:●Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003For CanadaEmission Control System WarrantyDetails of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:●Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY9-18 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 391 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012For USAIf you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-tion to notifying NISSAN.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); goto http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform Transport Canada in additionto notifying NISSAN.If Transport Canada receives complaints,it may open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However, Trans-port Canada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Divisiontoll free at 1-800-333-0510. You mayalso report safety defects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSTechnical and consumer information 9-19ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 392 SESS: 5 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when itis driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,the ready condition can be obtained by ordinaryusage of the vehicle.If a powertrain system component is repaired or thebattery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset toa “not ready” condition. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Place the ignition switch in theON position without starting the engine. If theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steadyfor 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds , theI/M test condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”. Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the “readycondition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re-corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or near crash-like situa-tions, such as an air bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assist in understand-ing how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDRis designed to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a short period oftime, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in thisvehicle is designed to record such data as:●How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;●Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;●How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,●How fast the vehicle was traveling.●Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a better understand-ing of the circumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded byyour vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and no personal data(e.g. name, gender, age and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine the EDR data withthe type of personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-ment is required and access to the vehicle or theEDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu-facturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if they have ac-cess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required or per-mitted by law.READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)9-20 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 393 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this modelyear and prior can be purchased. A genuineNISSAN Service Manual is the best source ofservice and repair information for your vehicle.This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer-ships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.For USAFor current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals, contact:1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.comFor current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:1-800-247-5321For CanadaTo purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser-vice Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this modelyear and prior, please contact your nearestNISSAN dealer. For the phone number and loca-tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area, call theNISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assistyou.OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATIONTechnical and consumer information 9-21ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 394 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012MEMO9-22 Technical and consumer informationZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 395 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 201210 IndexAABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . .5-24Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-37Air bag systemFront (See supplemental front impact air bagsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-52, 2-13Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Air conditionerAir conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . .4-22Air conditioner service . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Heater and air conditionercontrols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19, 4-28Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . .4-30Air flow charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-26Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69Anti-lock brake warning light. . . . . . . . . .2-10Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-24Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30BluetoothTaudio. . . . . . . . . . .4-62, 4-64Compact disc (CD) player . .4-40, 4-46, 4-52FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player....................4-39FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc(CD) player. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43, 4-48Audio SystemiPodTPlayer . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57, 4-59Audio systemRadio ....................4-30USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54, 4-56Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32AutomaticAutomatic power window switch . . . . .2-44Transmission shift selector lock release. .5-17Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . . . . .3-34Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5AUX jack. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41, 4-47, 4-54BBattery......................8-16Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Block heaterEngine....................5-28BluetoothTaudio. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62, 4-64BluetoothThands-free phonesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70, 4-85, 4-96Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-33BrakeAnti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-24Brakefluid..................8-14Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-32Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-16, 8-23Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-19Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Brakes......................8-23Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Brightness/contrast button. . . . . . . . . . .4-11Brightness controlInstrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32CCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-13Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-67CD player (See audio system) . .4-40, 4-46, 4-52Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Child restraints. . . . . . .1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-21Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . .1-19, 1-25, 1-30, 1-33Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-23Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Chimes, audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . .2-16Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . .7-2Clock......................4-39(models without navigation system) . . . .4-39ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 396 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Clock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-11Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Compact disc (CD) player . . . .4-40, 4-46, 4-52Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT). . .5-13Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Transmission shift selector lock release . .5-17Control panel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4Brightness/contrast button . . . . . . . . .4-11Enter button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4Setting button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7ControlsHeater and air conditionercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19, 4-28CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-9Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40, 2-41DDaytime running light system (Canada only) . .2-33Defroster switchRear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch.....................2-29Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . . . .2-34Display controls (see control panel buttons) . .4-4Doorlocks.....................3-4Drivebelt.....................8-19DrivingCold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-2EEconomy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Emission control information label . . . . . . .9-12Emission control system warranty . . . . . . .9-18EngineBefore starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-11Block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-9Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine compartment check locations . . . .8-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Engineoil...................8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Enterbutton....................4-4Event data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . .5-2Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39FFlashers(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . . . .2-35Flattire.......................6-2Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5FluidBrakefluid..................8-14Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)fluid..................8-13Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Engineoil...................8-10Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . .8-15F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . .9-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . . . . .1-45Frontseats.....................1-2FuelCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-3010-2ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 397 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Fuelgauge...................2-5Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . .2-25, 3-30Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25GGarage door opener, HomeLinkTUniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49Gascap .....................3-30GaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Fuelgauge...................2-5Odometer...................2-4Speedometer.................2-4Tachometer ..................2-4Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42HHands-free phone system,BluetoothT. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70, 4-85, 4-96Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . .2-35Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37HeaterHeater and air conditionercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19, 4-28Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . .4-21, 4-28HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver. . . . . . . .2-49Hoodrelease...................3-27Horn .......................2-35IIgnition SwitchPush-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . .5-8Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . .2-27, 3-3, 5-11Important vehicle information label . . . . . . .9-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders)....................2-10Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . . . . . .3-34Insidemirror...................3-33Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . .2-34Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . . . .2-34Intelligent Key systemKey operating range . . . . . . . . . .3-8, 3-19Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation . . .3-13, 3-19Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . .3-16, 3-24Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . .3-16, 3-24Interiorlight....................2-47Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29iPodTPlayer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57, 4-59ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21JJumpstarting ...................6-7KKeyfob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Keyless entryWith Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . .3-13, 3-19Keys, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . .3-2LLabelsAir conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .9-11Emission control information label . . . . .9-12Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . .9-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. .9-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-52LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)System......................1-21License plateInstalling the license plate . . . . . . . . . .9-13LightAir bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-52, 2-13Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-32Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4710-3ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 398 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-11Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight......................2-24Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-46Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-48Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10LightsMaplights..................2-48LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6Doorlocks...................3-4Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-30Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Trunk lid lock opener lever. . . . . . . . . .3-28Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-25, 3-30Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 2-24Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . .2-11Low windshield-washer fluid warning light. . .2-24Luggage (See vehicle loading information) . .9-13MMaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .8-4Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Maplights....................2-48Mappocket....................2-39Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-34MirrorAutomatic anti-glare inside mirror. . . . . .3-34Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Moonroof.....................2-45NNISSAN Intelligent KeyT............3-18NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . .2-27, 3-3,5-11NISSAN voice recognition system . . . . . .4-106OOctane rating (See fuel octane rating). . . . . .9-4Odometer.....................2-4Oil Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engineoil...................8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35OverheatIf your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . .6-9Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation....................9-21PParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Phone, BluetoothThands-freesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70, 4-85, 4-96PowerPower door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44PrecautionsMaintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . .1-19, 1-25, 1-30, 1-33Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-10Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem....................1-3710-4ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 399 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-2Programmable features . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9RRadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-69FM-AM radio with compact disc(CD) player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc(CD) player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43, 4-48Readiness for inspection maintenance(I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29RecordersEventdata..................9-20Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Registering your vehicle in another country . .9-10Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . .9-19SSafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6Child seat belts . . . . .1-19, 1-25, 1-30, 1-33Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . .9-19Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-2Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-4Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Seat beltChildsafety..................1-17Infants and small children . . . . . . . . . .1-18Injured Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-10Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Seatbelts...................1-10Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-16Three-point type with retractor . . . . . . .1-13Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13SeatsAdjustment...................1-2Frontseats...................1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-2Rearseat....................1-6Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Security system (NISSAN vehicle immobilizersystem), engine start . . . . . . . .2-27, 3-3, 5-11Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Service manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Settingbutton...................4-7ShiftingContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT).....................5-14Shift lock release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . .1-16Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Speedometer...................2-4Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-48SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-52StartingBefore starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-11Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-2Pushstarting..................6-9Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12SteeringHeated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . .2-37Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Stoplight.....................8-32Storage......................2-39Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Sunroof......................2-45Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Sunvisors....................3-32Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-52, 2-13Supplemental front impact air bag system . . .1-45Supplemental restraint systemInformation and warning labels . . . . . . .1-52Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem....................1-37Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . . .1-37SwitchAutolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32Automatic power window switch . . . . . .2-44Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-35Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch.....................2-29Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3410-5ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 400 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch.....................2-37Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-28TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Temperature gaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Theft (NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27, 3-3, 5-11Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2TireFlat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4, 8-47Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-43Tire placard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-42Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-17Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-11Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . .5-3TowingFlat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17TransceiverHomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver. . . . . .2-49TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT)fluid..................8-13Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Shift selector lock release. . . . . . . . . .5-17Travel (See registering your vehicle in anothercountry)......................9-10Tripodometer...................2-4Trunk access through the rear seat . . . . . . .1-6Trunk lid lock opener lever. . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Trunklight ....................2-49Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34UUniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . .9-17USB interfaceAudio file operation . . . . . . . . . .4-55, 4-56VVanitymirror...................3-33Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . .8-19Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .9-9Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . .2-37Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system. . . . .5-25Vehicle identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. . . .9-10Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Vehicle security system (NISSAN vehicle immobi-lizer system), engine start . . . . . .2-27, 3-3, 5-11Ventilators....................4-18Visors.......................3-32Voice recognition system . . . . . . . . . . .4-106WWarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-52, 2-13Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-10Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . .2-11Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-35Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . .2-13, 2-24Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-11Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight......................2-24Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-46Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders...................2-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-52Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Washer switchWindshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-28Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . .9-9Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9When traveling or registering your vehiclein another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10WindowsLocking passengers’ windows . . . . . . .2-44Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4410-6ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 401 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-28WiperWindshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-28Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2110-7ZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX
JOBNAME: 1093929-2013-asd-own PAGE: 402 SESS: 9 OUTPUT: Tue Mar 27 10:39:14 2012RECOMMENDED FUEL:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).CAUTION●Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.●Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.●Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 orE-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-versely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-age caused by such fuel is not coveredby the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.●U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section.RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL:For QR25DE engine models:●Engine oil with API Certification Mark●Viscosity SAE 0W-20See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”inthe “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.For VQ35DE engine models:●Engine oil with API Certification Mark●Viscosity SAE 5W-30See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”inthe “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.COLD TIRE PRESSURE:See Tire and Loading Information label.The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. For additionalinformation, see “Wheels and tires” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 mi (2,000 km) of vehicleuse, follow the recommendations outlined in the“Break-in schedule” information found in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual. Fol-low these recommendations for the future reli-ability and economy of your new vehicle. Failureto follow these recommendations may result invehicle damage or shortened engine life.GAS STATION INFORMATIONZREVIEW COPY—2013 Altima Sedan (asd)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)03/27/12—dmooreX

Navigation menu